Quarterlytics / The Ensign Group

The Ensign Group

ensg · NASDAQ
Claim this profile
Ticker ensg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · The Ensign Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 3   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Dear Fellow Shareholder: 

We  are  pleased  to  report  that  2013  was  another  record  year  for  The  Ensign  Group,  Inc.  Despite  some 
challenges  we  faced  this  year,  the  company’s  operations  improved  across  almost  every  key  metric  as  a 
direct  result  of  our  locally-centered,  one-facility-at-a-time  business  model.    We  continue  to  have  many 
levers we can pull as we continue making the improvements necessary to take the momentum we generated 
in 2013 into 2014. We hope that you will see, as we do, the clear path to success that lies ahead, and why 
we are enthusiastic about our future and our prospects for Ensign’s continued growth and performance. 

Total  revenue  for  2013  was  $904.6  million,  up  9.9%,  compared  to  $823.2  million  for  the  prior  year. 
Adjusted EBITDA grew by $5.3 million to $136.7 million, a 4% increase over fiscal 2012. The company 
generated net cash from operations of $37.4 million for the year and had cash and cash equivalents of $65.8 
million at year end.  The company continues to maintain an industry-low debt ratio with an adjusted net-
debt-to-EBITDAR  ratio  of  2.0  times.  With  these  successes,  our  Board  of  Directors  was  able  to  raise 
Ensign’s quarterly cash dividend by 7.7%, to $0.07 per share. Ensign has been a dividend-paying company 
since 2002 and has consistently increased its dividend annually. 

On our current operating front, we see many positive developments and opportunities on the horizon. We 
are pleased to report significant improvements in compliance and quality of care across the organization, 
and  as  we  always  remind  you,  compliance  and  quality  outcomes  are  precursors  to  outstanding  financial 
performance.  Our  commitment  to  clinical  improvement  and  quality  care  is  stronger  than  ever,  and  we 
continue to bring better people, new technologies and innovative systems to bear in pursuing this goal.  As 
a  result  of  these  efforts,  the  number  of  Ensign  skilled  nursing  facilities  with  4-  and  5-star  ratings  under 
CMS’ Five-Star rating program grew from 18.2% in 2009 to 50.4% as of the end of 2013. And remember, 
most of these facilities were 1- and 2-star operations at the time of acquisition.  

We continue to make progress on our plan to separate our healthcare business and our real estate business 
into two separate and independent publicly-traded companies – Ensign and CareTrust REIT.  Our goal in 
the  spin-off  has  never  been  to  produce  a  one-time  benefit  to  our  shareholders,  but  rather  to  create  two 
separate  platforms  that  can  generate  substantial  value  for  shareholders  of  both  resulting  companies  for 
many years to come.   We are confident that the unique way we are structuring this transaction will further 
strengthen our ability to pursue our proven operating strategy for many years to come, and leaves us in a 
position to repeat the same steady and consistent performance we achieved following our IPO.   

We continue to recruit, hire, train and reward some of the finest leaders and caregivers found anywhere in 
the  healthcare  industry  today.  Our  footprint  continued  to  grow  this  year  as  we  acquired  ten  new  skilled 
nursing  and  assisted  living  facilities,  three  home  health  agencies,  three  hospice  agencies  and  opened  or 
acquired 4 new urgent care clinics. We expect to continue a pattern of disciplined growth and to capitalize 
on opportunities for organic growth and improvement across the company’s expanding portfolio, as local 
leaders continue to focus on business fundamentals and as recent acquisitions start to mature.   

Finally, in celebrating 2013 we wish to salute the facility CEOs and COOs, the caregivers and all of our 
other  partners.   The  extraordinary  leadership  and  quality  care  they  provide  to  their  residents  and 
communities are the hallmarks of our organization and have been, and will continue to be, the bedrock of 
our success. Through them, and with your continuing support, we believe we can achieve our core goal of 
creating a world-class service organization that can reach unheard-of levels of quality care, and set a new 
standard for the post-acute care industry. 

Sincerely, 

Christopher R. Christensen 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from                      to                     .

Commission file number: 001-33757

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

33-0861263
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450
Mission Viejo, CA 92691
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)
(949) 487-9500
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
N/A
(Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, If Changed Since Last Report)
_____________________________

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
 Yes     
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 

 Yes     

 No 

 No 

Act.  

Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

 Yes 

 No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 

Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 

 Yes 

 No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

 Yes 

 No

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the 

closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2013, was approximately 
$687,300,000.

As of February 10, 2014, 22,163,855 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates information by reference from the Registrant's definitive proxy statement for the Registrant's 

2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Item 5.

PART II.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.
Item 7A.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Item 10.
Item 11.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation

PART III.

Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules

PART IV.

4

22

50

50

50

53

54

57

61
84

85

86
86
88

88
88

88

88
88

88

89

Signatures
EX-21.1
EX-23.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
EX-101

2

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, which include, but are not limited to the Company's 
expected future financial position, results of operations, cash flows, financing plans, business strategy, budgets, capital expenditures, 
competitive positions, growth opportunities and plans and objectives of management. Forward-looking statements can often be 
identified by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “would,” “could,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing,” similar expressions, and variations or negatives of these words. 
These statements are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities and Exchange Act of 
1934.  These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are 
difficult to predict. Therefore, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking 
statements as a result of various factors, some of which are listed under the section “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. These 
forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report, and are based on our current expectations, estimates and 
projections about our industry and business, management's beliefs, and certain assumptions made by us, all of which are subject 
to  change. We  undertake  no  obligation  to  revise  or  update  publicly  any  forward-looking  statement  for  any  reason,  except  as 
otherwise required by law. As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to The Ensign 
Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All of our facilities, operations, the Service Center (defined below) and our wholly-
owned captive insurance subsidiary (the Captive) are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries that have 
their own management, employees and assets. The use of “we”, “us”, “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant 
to imply that any of our facilities, business operations, the Service Center or the Captive are operated by the same entity. 

The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. All of our skilled 
nursing and assisted living facilities, home health and hospice operations, urgent care centers and majority owned subsidiaries are 
operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, each of which have their own management, employees and assets. 
In addition, one of our wholly-owned independent subsidiaries, referred to as the Service Center, provides centralized accounting, 
payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other centralized services to the other operating 
subsidiaries through contractual relationships with such subsidiaries. In addition, we have the Captive that provides some claims-
made coverage to our operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as for certain workers' compensation 
insurance liabilities. 

Like our operations, the Service Center and Captive are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries that 
have their own management, employees and assets.  Reference herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” assets and activities, 
as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to imply that The Ensign 
Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service Center or the Captive are 
operated by the same entity. We were incorporated in 1999 in Delaware. The Service Center address is 27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450, 
Mission Viejo, CA 92691, and our telephone number is (949) 487-9500. Our corporate website is located at www.ensigngroup.net. 
The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report. 

EnsignTM is our United States trademark. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this annual report are the property 

of their respective owners. 

3

 
 
 
Item 1. 

Business

Overview

PART I.

We, through our subsidiaries, provide skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 119 facilities, 
nine home health and seven hospice operations, seven urgent care centers and a mobile x-ray and diagnostic company as of 
December 31,  2013,  located  in  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Texas,  Utah  and 
Washington.  Our operations, each of which strives to be the operation of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad 
spectrum of healthcare services including skilled nursing, assisted living, home health and hospice, mobile ancillary, and urgent 
care services.  Our facilities have a collective capacity of approximately 13,200 operational skilled nursing, assisted living and 
independent living beds. As of December 31, 2013, we owned 96 of our 119 facilities and operated an additional 23 facilities 
through long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase two of those 23 facilities. 

We encourage and empower our leaders and staff to make their facility the “facility of choice” in the community it serves. 
This  means  that  our  leaders  and  staff  are  generally  free  to  discern  and  address  the  unique  needs  and  priorities  of  healthcare 
professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then work to create a superior service 
offering and reputation for that particular community or market to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to choose 
or recommend the facility.  

Our organizational structure is centered upon local leadership. We believe our organizational structure, which empowers 
leaders and staff at the local level, is unique within the healthcare services industry. Each of our operations is led by highly dedicated 
individuals who are responsible for key operational decisions at their facilities. 

Leaders  and  staff  are  trained  and  motivated  to  pursue  superior  clinical  outcomes,  high  patient  and  family  satisfaction, 
operating efficiencies and financial performance at their facilities. In addition, our leaders are enabled and motivated to share real-
time operating data and otherwise benchmark clinical and operational performance against their peers in other facilities in order 
to improve clinical care, maximize patient satisfaction and augment operational efficiencies, promoting the sharing of best practices. 

We view healthcare services primarily as a local business, influenced by personal relationships and community reputation. 
We believe our success is largely dependent upon our ability to build strong relationships with key stakeholders from the local 
healthcare community, based upon a solid foundation of reliably superior care. Accordingly, our brand strategy is focused on 
encouraging the leaders and staff of each facility to focus on clinical excellence, and promote their facility independently within 
their local community. 

Much of our historical growth can be attributed to our expertise in acquiring under-performing facilities and transforming 
them into market leaders in clinical quality, staff competency, employee loyalty and financial performance. We plan to continue 
to grow our revenue and earnings by: 

•  continuing to grow our talent base and develop future leaders;

• 

increasing the overall percentage or “mix” of higher-acuity residents;

• 

focusing on organic growth and internal operating efficiencies;

•  continuing to acquire additional facilities in existing and new markets; and

•  expanding and renovating our existing facilities, and potentially constructing new facilities.

4

 
 
Company History 

Our company was formed in 1999 with the goal of establishing a new level of quality care within the skilled nursing industry. 
The name “Ensign” is synonymous with a “flag” or a “standard,” and refers to our goal of setting the standard by which all others 
are measured. We believe that through our efforts and leadership, we can foster a new level of patient care and professional 
competence at our operations, and set a new industry standard for quality skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services. 

We organize our operations into portfolio companies, which we believe has enabled us to maintain a local, field-driven 
organizational structure and attract additional qualified leadership talent, and to identify, acquire, and improve operations at a 
generally faster rate.  Each of our portfolio companies has its own president. These presidents, who are experienced and proven 
leaders that are generally taken from the ranks of facility CEOs, serve as leadership resources within their own portfolio companies, 
and have the primary responsibility for recruiting qualified talent, finding potential acquisition targets, and identifying other internal 
and external growth opportunities. We believe this organization has improved the quality of our recruiting and will continue to 
facilitate successful acquisitions.

Cumulative Facility Growth 

We have an established track record of successful acquisitions. Many of our earliest acquisitions were completed at a time 
when  the  skilled  nursing  industry  was  undergoing  a  major  restructuring.  From  2001  to  2003,  we  acquired  a  number  of 
underperforming facilities, as several long-term care providers disposed of troubled facilities from their portfolios. We then applied 
our core operating expertise to turn these facilities around, both clinically and financially. In 2004 and 2005, we focused on the 
integration and improvement of our existing operations while limiting our acquisitions to strategically situated properties, acquiring 
five facilities over that period.

 With the introduction in early 2006 of the portfolio companies and our New Market CEO program, described below, our 
acquisition activity accelerated, allowing us to add 15 facilities between January 1, 2006 and July 31, 2007.  We then effectively 
suspended our acquisition program while we effected our initial public offering, which was completed in November 2007.  From 
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2013, we acquired 58 facilities which added 6,099 operational beds to our operations. 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company acquired seven stand alone skilled nursing facilities,  three stand 
alone assisted living campuses, three home health operations, three hospice operations and one urgent care center.  The following 
table summarizes our growth through December 31, 2013:

Cumulative number of facilities

Cumulative number of operational
skilled nursing, assisted living and
independent living beds

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

46

57

61

63

77

82

102

108

119

December 31,

5,585

6,667

7,105

7,324

8,948

9,539

11,702

12,198

13,204

New Market CEO and New Ventures Programs.  In order to broaden our reach to new markets, and in an effort to provide 
existing leaders in our company with the entrepreneurial opportunity and challenge of entering a new market and starting a new 
business, we established our New Market CEO program in 2006. Supported by our Service Center and other resources, a New 
Market CEO evaluates a target market, develops a comprehensive business plan, and relocates to the target market to find talent 
and connect with other providers, regulators and the healthcare community in that market, with the goal of ultimately acquiring 
facilities and establishing an operating platform for future growth.  In addition, this program was expanded to broaden our reach 
to other lines of business closely related to the skilled nursing industry through our New Ventures program.  For example, we 
entered into home health as part of this program.  The New Ventures program encourages facility CEOs to evaluate service offerings 
with the goal of establishing an operating platform in new markets.  We believe that this program will not only continue to drive 
growth, but will also provide a valuable training ground for our next generation of leaders, who will have experienced the challenges 
of growing and operating a new business.

5

 
 
 
 
 
Recent Developments

Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) Spin-Off — On November 7, 2013, we announced a plan to separate our healthcare 

business and real estate business into two separate, publicly traded companies: 

•  Ensign, which will continue to provide healthcare services through its existing operations; and
•  CareTrust REIT, Inc. (CareTrust), which will own, acquire and lease real estate serving the healthcare industry.

We intend to accomplish the proposed separation by distributing all of the outstanding shares of CareTrust common stock 
to our stockholders on a pro rata basis (the Spin-Off). At the time of the Spin-Off, CareTrust, which is currently a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of ours, will hold substantially all of the real property owned by us, and will own and operate three independent living 
facilities. After the Spin-Off, all of these properties (except for three independent living facilities that CareTrust will operate) will 
be leased to us on a triple-net basis, under which we will be responsible for all costs at the properties, including property taxes, 
insurance and maintenance and repair costs.

The proposed Spin-Off is conditioned on, among other things, final approval by our board of directors, the receipt of a 
ruling from the IRS that, among other things, the Spin-Off will qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 
the receipt of an opinion of counsel as to the satisfaction of certain requirements for such tax-free treatment, and the receipt of an 
opinion of counsel that, commencing with CareTrust's taxable year ending on December 31, 2014.  CareTrust has been organized 
in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and its 
proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

U.S. Government Inquiry Settlement — In April 2013, we and government representatives reached an agreement in principle 
to resolve the allegations and close the investigation. Based on these discussions, we recorded and announced an additional charge 
in the amount of $33.0 million in the first quarter of 2013, increasing the total reserve to resolve the matter to $48.0 million (the 
Reserve Amount). 

In October 2013, we completed and executed a settlement agreement (the Settlement Agreement) with the Department of 
Justice (DOJ) and received the final approval of the Office of Inspector General-HHS and the United States District Court for the 
Central District of California. The settlement agreement fully and finally resolves the previously disclosed DOJ investigation and 
any ancillary claims which have been pending since 2006.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, we made a single lump-sum 
remittance to the government in the amount of $48.0 million in October 2013.  We have denied engaging in any illegal conduct, 
and have agreed to the settlement amount without any admission of wrongdoing in order to resolve the allegations and to avoid 
the uncertainty and expense of protracted litigation.

In connection with the settlement and effective as of October 1, 2013, we entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement 
with the Office of Inspector General-HHS (the CIA).  The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program, 
and requires that we continue during the term of the CIA to maintain a compliance program designed to promote compliance with 
the statutes, regulations, and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other Federal health care programs.  Our participation 
in federal healthcare programs is not affected by the Settlement Agreement or the CIA. In the event of an uncured material breach 
of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to prosecution.  See further 
details of the CIA at Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Urgent Care Franchising — On March 25, 2013 we announced that our urgent care subsidiary, Immediate Clinic Healthcare, 
Inc., agreed to terms to sell Doctors Express, a national urgent care franchise system.  The sale of specific assets and liabilities of 
Doctors Express was finalized on April 15, 2013.  In accordance with the authoritative guidance for the disposal of long-lived 
assets, the sale of Doctors Express has been accounted for as discontinued operations.  Accordingly, the results of operations of 
this business for all periods presented and the loss or impairment related to this divesture have been classified as discontinued 
operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  As the sale was effective April 15, 2013, all assets and liabilities 
included in the sale were recorded as held for sale on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012.  
See Note 4, Discontinued Operations in Notes to consolidated Financial Statements.

6

Facility Acquisition History

The following table sets forth the location of our facilities and the number of operational beds located at our facilities as 

of December 31, 2013:

Number of facilities

36

13

27

12

6

CA

AZ

TX

UT

CO

WA
6

ID

NV

NE

IA

6

3

5

5

Total
119

Operational skilled nursing,
assisted living and independent
living beds

3,973

1,902

3,353

1,413

505

555

477

304

366

356

13,204

During the third quarter of 2013, we acquired a skilled nursing facility in Washington  and an existing leased urgent care 
center in two separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.1 million, which was paid in cash.  The 
skilled nursing facility acquisition added 82 operational skilled nursing beds, while the urgent care center acquisition did not have 
an impact on our operational bed count.

During the second quarter of 2013, we acquired five nursing facilities in Texas, Washington, and Nebraska, and three assisted 
living facilities in Washington, California and Utah in five separate transaction for an aggregate purchase price of approximately 
$28.7 million, which was paid in cash.  The skilled nursing facilities acquisitions added 460 operational skilled nursing beds, while 
the assisted living facilities acquisitions added 281 operational assisted living units.  

During the first quarter of 2013, we acquired two home health operations in Washington and Texas, two hospice 
operations in Arizona and California, one home health and hospice with operations in Washington, and one skilled nursing 
facility in Texas, in five separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.6 million, which was paid 
in cash.  The home health and hospice acquisitions did not have an impact on our operational bed count, while the skilled 
nursing facility acquisition added 150 operational skilled nursing beds to our operations. 

We also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as part of each transaction noted above.  

See further discussion of facility acquisitions in Note 8, Acquisitions in Notes to consolidated Financial Statements.

Quality of Care Measures

In December 2008, CMS introduced the Five-Star Quality Rating System to help consumers, their families and caregivers 
compare nursing homes more easily. The Five-Star Quality Rating System gives each nursing home a rating of between one and 
five stars in various categories. In cases of acquisitions, the previous operator's clinical ratings are included in our overall Five-
Star Quality Rating. The prior operator's results will impact our rating until we have sufficient clinical measurements subsequent 
to the acquisition date.  Generally we acquire facilities with a 1 or 2-Star rating.  We believe compliance and quality outcomes are 
precursors to outstanding financial performance. The table below summarizes the improvements we have made in these quality 
measures since 2009:

Cumulative number of facilities

4 and 5-Star Quality Rated facilities

As of December 31,

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

77

14

82

21

102

38

108

45

119

60

Percent of  4 and 5-Star Quality Rated facilities

18.2%

25.6%

37.3%

41.7%

50.4%

Industry Trends

The  skilled  nursing  industry  has  evolved  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  post-acute  and  custodial  healthcare  services 
generated by an aging population, increasing life expectancies and the trend toward shifting of patient care to lower cost settings. 
The skilled nursing industry has evolved in recent years, which we believe has led to a number of favorable improvements in the 
industry, as described below:

7

 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

Shift of Patient Care to Lower Cost Alternatives. The growth of the senior population in the United States continues to 
increase healthcare costs, often faster than the available funding from government-sponsored healthcare programs. In 
response, federal and state governments have adopted cost-containment measures that encourage the treatment of patients 
in more cost-effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which the staffing requirements and associated costs 
are often significantly lower than acute care hospitals, inpatient rehabilitation facilities and other post-acute care settings. 
As a result, skilled nursing facilities are generally serving a larger population of higher-acuity patients than in the past.

Significant Acquisition and Consolidation Opportunities. The skilled nursing industry is large and highly fragmented, 
characterized predominantly by numerous local and regional providers. We believe this fragmentation provides significant 
acquisition and consolidation opportunities for us.

Improving Supply and Demand Balance. The number of skilled nursing facilities has declined modestly over the past 
several years. We expect that the supply and demand balance in the skilled nursing industry will continue to improve due 
to the shift of patient care to lower cost settings, an aging population and increasing life expectancies.

Increased Demand Driven by Aging Populations and Increased Life Expectancy. As life expectancy continues to increase 
in the United States and seniors account for a higher percentage of the total U.S. population, we believe the overall demand 
for skilled nursing services will increase. At present, the primary market demographic for skilled nursing services is 
primarily individuals age 75 and older. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, there were over 40 million people in the 
United States in 2010 that are over 65 years old. The 2010 U.S. Census estimates this group is one of the fastest growing 
segments of the United States population and is expected to more than double between 2000 and 2030.

We believe the skilled nursing industry has been and will continue to be impacted by several other trends. The use of long-
term care insurance is increasing among seniors as a means of planning for the costs of skilled nursing services. In addition, as a 
result of increased mobility in society, reduction of average family size, and the increased number of two-wage earner couples, 
more seniors are looking for alternatives outside the family for their care. 

Effects of Changing Prices

Medicare reimbursement rates and procedures are subject to change from time to time, which could materially impact our 
revenue.  Medicare reimburses our skilled nursing facilities under a prospective payment system (PPS) for certain inpatient covered 
services. Under the PPS, facilities are paid a predetermined amount per patient, per day, based on the anticipated costs of treating 
patients. The amount to be paid is determined by classifying each patient into a resource utilization group (RUG) category that is 
based upon each patient’s acuity level.  As of October 1, 2010, the RUG categories were expanded from 53 to 66 with the introduction 
of minimum data set (MDS) 3.0. Should future changes in skilled nursing facility payments reduce rates or increase the standards 
for reaching certain reimbursement levels, our Medicare revenues could be reduced and/or our costs to provide those services 
could increase, with a corresponding adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.  

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Rulings — On July 27, 2012, the CMS announced a final rule updating 
Medicare skilled nursing facility PPS payments in fiscal year 2013.  The update, a 1.8% or $670 million increase, reflects a 2.5% 
market basket increase, reduced by a 0.7% multi-factor productivity (MFP) adjustment mandated by the Patient Protection and 
Affordable Care Act (PPACA).  This increase was offset by the 2% sequestration reduction, discussed below, which became 
effective April 1, 2013.

On July 31, 2013, CMS issued its final rule outlining fiscal year 2014 Medicare payment rates for skilled nursing facilities.  
CMS estimates that aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities will increase by $470 million, or 1.3% for fiscal year 2014, 
relative to payments in 2013.  This estimated increase reflects a 2.3% market basket increase, reduced by the 0.5% forecast error 
correction  and further reduced by the 0.5% MFP as required by PPACA.  The forecast error correction is applied when the 
difference between the actual and projected market basket percentage change for the most recent available fiscal year exceeds the 
0.5% threshold.  

In November 2012, CMS issued final regulations regarding Medicare payment rates for home health agencies effective 
January 1, 2013. These final regulations implement a net market basket increase of 1.3% consisting of a 2.3% market basket 
inflation increase, less a 1.0% adjustment mandated by the PPACA. In addition, CMS implemented a 1.3% reduction in case mix. 
CMS has projected the impact of these changes will result in a less than 0.1% decrease in payments to home health agencies.

8

On November 22, 2013, CMS issued its final ruling regarding Medicare payment rates for home health agencies effective 
January 1, 2014.  As required by the PPACA, this rule includes rebasing adjustments, with a four-year phase-in, to the national, 
standardized 60-day episode payment rates; the national per-visit rates; and the NRS conversion factor.  Under the ruling, CMS 
projects  that  Medicare  payments  to  home  health  agencies  in  calendar  year  2014  will  be  reduced  by  1.05%,  or  $200  million, 
reflecting the combined effects of the 2.3% increase in the home health national payment update percentage; offset by a 2.7% 
decrease due to rebasing adjustments to the national, standardized 60-day episode payment rate, mandated by the Affordable Care 
Act; and a  0.6% decrease due to the effects of Home Health Prospective Payment Systems Grouper refinements. This final rule 
also updates the home health wage index for calendar year 2014.  The ruling also established  home health quality reporting 
requirements for 2014 payment and subsequent years to specify that Medicaid responsibilities for home health surveys be explicitly 
recognized in the State Medicaid Plan, which is similar to the current regulations for surveys of skilled nursing facilities and 
intermediate care facilities for individuals with intellectual disabilities. 

In July 2012, CMS issued its final rule for hospice services for its 2013 fiscal year.  These final regulations implement a net 
market basket increase of 1.6% consisting of a 2.6% market basket inflation increase, less offsets to the standard payment conversion 
factor mandated by the PPACA of 0.7% to account for the effect of a productivity adjustment, and 0.3% as required by statute. 
CMS has projected the impact of these changes will result in a 0.9% increase in payments to hospice providers.

On August 2, 2013, CMS issued its final rule that would update fiscal year 2014 Medicare payment rates and the wage index 
for hospices serving Medicare beneficiaries.  Hospices will see an estimated 1.0% increase in their payments for fiscal year 2014.  
The hospice payment increase is the net result of a hospice payment update percentage of 1.7% (a 2.5% hospital market basket 
increase minus a 0.8% reduction mandated by law), offset by a 0.7% decrease in payments to hospices due to updated wage data 
and the fifth year of the CMS's seven-year phase-out of its wage index budget neutrality adjustment factor (BNAF).  As finalized 
in this rule, CMS will update the hospice per diem rates for fiscal year 2014 and subsequent years through the annual hospice rule 
or notice, rather than solely through a Change Request, as has been done in prior years.  The fiscal year 2014 hospice payment 
rates and wage index became effective on October 1, 2013.

On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Budget Control Act), which raised the 
debt ceiling and put into effect a series of actions for deficit reduction. The Budget Control Act created a Congressional Joint 
Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (the Committee) that was tasked with proposing additional deficit reduction of at least 
$1.5 trillion over ten years.  As the Committee was unable to achieve its targeted savings, this regulation triggered automatic 
reductions in discretionary and mandatory spending starting in 2013, including reductions of not more than 2% to payments to 
Medicare providers. The Budget Control Act also requires Congress to vote on an amendment to the Constitution that would 
require a balanced budget.   

On February 22, 2012, the President signed into law H.R. 3630, which among other things, delayed a cut in physician and 
Part B services.  In establishing the funding for the law, payments to nursing facilities for residents' unpaid Medicare A co-insurance 
was  reduced.    The  Deficit  Reduction Act  of  2005  had  previously  limited  reimbursement  of  bad  debt  to  70%  on  privately 
responsibility co-insurance. However, under H.R. 3630, this reimbursement will be reduced to 65%. 

Further, prior to the introduction of H.R. 3630, we were reimbursed for 100% of bad debt related to dual-eligible Medicare 
residents' co-insurance.  H.R. 3630 will phase down the dual-eligible reimbursement over three years.  Effective October 1, 2012, 
Medicare dual-eligible co-insurance reimbursement decreased from 100% to 88%, with further reductions to 77% and 65% as of 
October 1, 2013 and 2014, respectively.  Any reductions in Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement could materially adversely affect 
our profitability.

On January 2, 2013 the President signed the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 into law.  This statute delays significant 
cuts in Medicare rates for physician services until December 31, 2013.  The statute also creates a Commission on Long Term Care, 
the goal of which is to develop a plan for the establishment, implementation, and financing of a comprehensive, coordinated, and 
high-quality system that ensures the availability of long-term care services and supports for individuals in need of such services 
and supports.   Any implementation of recommendations from this commission may have an impact on coverage and payment for 
our services.

Should future changes in PPS include further reduced rates or increased standards for reaching certain reimbursement levels, 
our Medicare revenues derived from our skilled nursing facilities (including rehabilitation therapy services provided at our skilled 
nursing facilities) could be reduced, with a corresponding adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

9

Medicare Part B Therapy Cap — Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the Medicare Part B program under 
a fee schedule. Congress has established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance 
amounts) for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Medicare Part B.  The Deficit Reduction 
Act of 2005 (DRA) added Sec. 1833(g)(5) of the Social Security Act and directed the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services 
to develop a process that allows exceptions for Medicare beneficiaries to therapy caps when continued therapy is deemed medically 
necessary.

The therapy cap exception has been reauthorized in a number of subsequent laws, most recently in the Pathway for SGR 

Reform Act of 2014, which extends the cap and exception process through March 31, 2014.  That statute implements a two-
tiered exception process, with an automatic exception process and a manual medical review exception process.  The automatic 
exception process applies for patients who reach a $1,920 threshold.  The manual medical review exception process applies at 
the $3,700 threshold.  

The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on our 
rehabilitation therapy revenue.  Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may not be extended beyond March 31, 2014, which 
could also have an adverse effect on our revenue after that date.

In addition, the Multiple Procedure Payment Reduction (MPPR) was increased from a 25% to 50% reduction applied to 
therapy by reducing payments for practice expense of the second and subsequent therapies when therapies are provided on the 
same  day.    The  implementation  of  MPPR  includes  1)  facilities  that  provide  Medicare  Part  B  speech-language  pathology, 
occupational therapy, and physical therapy services and bill under the same provider number; and 2) providers in private practice, 
including speech-language pathologists, who perform and bill for multiple services in a single day.  The change from 25% of the 
practice expense to a 50% reduction went into effect for Medicare Part B services provided on or after April 1, 2013.

Medicare Coverage Settlement Agreement — A proposed federal class action settlement was filed in federal district court on 
October 16, 2012 that would end the Medicare coverage standard for skilled nursing, home health and outpatient therapy services 
that a beneficiary's condition must be expected to improve.  The settlement was approved on January 24, 2013, which tasked CMS 
with  revising  its  Medicare  Benefit  Manual  and  numerous  other  policies,  guidelines  and  instructions  to  ensure  that  Medicare 
coverage is available for skilled maintenance services in the home health, skilled nursing and outpatient settings.  CMS must also  
develop and implement a nationwide education campaign for all who make Medicare determinations to ensure that beneficiaries 
with chronic conditions are not denied coverage for critical services because their underlying conditions will not improve.  At the 
conclusion of the CMS education campaign, the members of the class will have the opportunity for re-review of their claims, and 
a two- or three-year monitoring period will commence.  Implementation of the provisions of this settlement agreement could 
favorably impact Medicare coverage reimbursement for our services.

Historically, adjustments to reimbursement under Medicare have had a significant effect on our revenue. For a discussion 
of historic adjustments and recent changes to the Medicare program and related reimbursement rates see Risk Factors - Risks 
Related to Our Business and Industry - “Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other 
aspects of Medicaid and Medicare,” “Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by 
continued cost containment pressures on Medicaid spending,” “We may not be fully reimbursed for all services for which each 
facility bills through consolidated billing, which could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations” 
and “Reforms to the U.S. healthcare system will impose new requirements upon us and may lower our reimbursements." The 
federal government and state governments continue to focus on efforts to curb spending on healthcare programs such as Medicare 
and Medicaid. We are not able to predict the outcome of the legislative process. We also cannot predict the extent to which proposals 
will be adopted or, if adopted and implemented, what effect, if any, such proposals and existing new legislation will have on us. 
Efforts to impose reduced allowances, greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and other payors are 
expected to continue and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Payor Sources 

Total Revenue by Payor Sources.  We derive revenue primarily from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, private pay 
patients and managed care payors. Medicaid typically covers patients that require standard room and board services, and provides 
reimbursement rates that are generally lower than rates earned from other sources. We monitor our quality mix, which is the 
percentage of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our facilities, to measure the level received from each payor across each of our 
business units. We intend to continue to focus on enhancing our care offerings to accommodate more high acuity patients. 

10

 
 
Medicaid.  Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid programs 
are administered by the states and their political subdivisions, and often go by state-specific names, such as Medi-Cal in California 
and  the Arizona  Healthcare  Cost  Containment  System  in Arizona.  Medicaid  programs  generally  provide  health  benefits  for 
qualifying  individuals,  and  may  supplement  Medicare  benefits  for  financially  needy  persons  aged  65  and  older.  Medicaid 
reimbursement formulas are established by each state with the approval of the federal government in accordance with federal 
guidelines. Seniors who enter skilled nursing facilities as private pay clients can become eligible for Medicaid once they have 
substantially depleted their assets. Medicaid is the largest source of funding for nursing home facilities. 

Private and Other Payors.  Private and other payors consist primarily of individuals, family members or other third parties 

who directly pay for the services we provide. 

Medicare.  Medicare is a federal program that provides healthcare benefits to individuals who are 65 years of age or older 
or are disabled. To achieve and maintain Medicare certification, a skilled nursing facility must meet the CMS, “Conditions of 
Participation”, on an ongoing basis, as determined in periodic facility inspections or “surveys” conducted primarily by the state 
licensing agency in the state where the facility is located. Medicare pays for inpatient skilled nursing facility services under the 
prospective payment system. The prospective payment for each beneficiary is based upon the medical condition of and care needed 
by the beneficiary. Medicare skilled nursing facility coverage is limited to 100 days per episode of illness for those beneficiaries 
who require daily care following discharge from an acute care hospital. 

Managed Care and Private Insurance.  Managed care patients consist of individuals who are insured by a third-party entity, 
typically a senior HMO plan, or who are Medicare beneficiaries who have assigned their Medicare benefits to a senior HMO plan. 
Another type of insurance, long-term care insurance, is also becoming more widely available to consumers, but is not expected 
to contribute significantly to industry revenues in the near term. 

Billing and Reimbursement.  Our revenue from government payors, including Medicare and state Medicaid agencies, is 
subject to retroactive adjustments in the form of claimed overpayments and underpayments based on rate adjustments and asserted 
billing and reimbursement errors. We believe billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements, overpayments and underpayments 
are common in our industry, and we are regularly engaged with government payors and their fiscal intermediaries in reviews, 
audits and appeals of our claims for reimbursement due to the subjectivity inherent in the processes related to patient diagnosis 
and care, recordkeeping, claims processing and other aspects of the patient service and reimbursement processes, and the errors 
and disagreements those subjectivities can produce. 

We take seriously our responsibility to act appropriately under applicable laws and regulations, including Medicare and 
Medicaid billing and reimbursement laws and regulations. Accordingly, we employ accounting, reimbursement and compliance 
specialists who train, mentor and assist our clerical, clinical and rehabilitation staffs in the preparation of claims and supporting 
documentation,  regularly  monitor  billing  and  reimbursement  practices  within  our  operations,  and  assist  with  the  appeal  of 
overpayment and recoupment claims generated by governmental, fiscal intermediary and other auditors and reviewers. In addition, 
due to the potentially serious consequences that could arise from any impropriety in our billing and reimbursement processes, we 
investigate all allegations of impropriety or irregularity relative thereto, and sometimes do so with the aid of outside auditors, 
other than our independent registered public accounting firm, attorneys and other professionals. 

Whether information about our billing and reimbursement processes is obtained from external sources or activities such as 
Medicare and Medicaid audits or probe reviews, internal investigations, or our regular day-to-day monitoring and training activities, 
we collect and utilize such information to improve our billing and reimbursement functions and the various processes related 
thereto. While, like other operators in our industry, we experience billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements and other 
effects of the inherent subjectivities in reimbursement processes on a regular basis, we believe that we are in substantial compliance 
with applicable Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement requirements. We continually strive to improve the efficiency and accuracy 
of all of our operational and business functions, including our billing and reimbursement processes. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the payor sources of our total revenue for the periods indicated:

Revenue:

Medicaid

Medicare

Medicaid-skilled

Total

Managed Care

Private and Other(1)

Total revenue

2013

Years Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

$

%

$

%

$

%

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 323,803

35.8% $ 302,046  

36.7% $ 277,736  

36.6%

292,917

36,085

652,805

118,168

133,583

32.4

4.0

72.2

13.1

14.7

278,578  

33.8

272,283  

35.9

25,418  

606,042  

106,268  

110,845  

3.1

73.6

12.9

13.5

20,290  

570,309  

94,266  

93,702  

2.7

75.2

12.4

12.4

$ 904,556

100.0% $ 823,155   100.0% $ 758,277   100.0%

(1) Private and other payors includes revenue from urgent care centers and other ancillary businesses.

Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.  We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of 
the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our 
percentage of skilled nursing patient days by payor source: 

Years Ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
Medicare
Managed care
Other skilled

Skilled mix

Private and other payors

Quality mix

Medicaid
Total skilled nursing

Reimbursement for Specific Services 

14.8%
8.9
2.7
26.4
13.7
40.1
59.9
100.0%

15.3%  
9.0
1.6
25.9
13.2
39.1
60.9
100.0%  

15.2%
8.9
1.4
25.5
12.6
38.1
61.9
100.0%

Reimbursement for Skilled Nursing Services.  Skilled nursing facility revenue is primarily derived from Medicaid, private 
pay, managed care and Medicare payors. Our skilled nursing facilities provide Medicaid-covered services to eligible individuals 
consisting of nursing care, room and board and social services. In addition, states may, at their option, cover other services such 
as physical, occupational and speech therapies. 

Reimbursement for Rehabilitation Therapy Services.  Rehabilitation therapy revenue is primarily received from private pay 
and Medicare for services provided at skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities. The payments are based on negotiated 
patient per diem rates or a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered. 

Reimbursement for Assisted Living Services.  Assisted living facility revenue is primarily derived from private pay residents 
at rates we establish based upon the services we provide and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or 
other state-specific programs in some states where we operate supplement payments for board and care services provided in assisted 
living facilities. 

Reimbursement  for  Hospice  Services.  Hospice  revenues  are  primarily  derived  from  Medicare. We  receive  one  of  four 
predetermined daily or hourly rates based on the level of care we furnish to the beneficiary. These rates are subject to annual 
adjustments based on inflation and geographic wage considerations. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are subject to two limitations on Medicare payments for hospice services. First, if inpatient days of care provided to 
patients at a hospice exceed 20% of the total days of hospice care provided for an annual period beginning on November 1st, then 
payment for days in excess of this limit are paid for at the routine home care rate. 

Second, overall payments made by Medicare to us on a per hospice program basis are also subject to a cap amount calculated 
by the Medicare fiscal intermediary at the end of the hospice cap period. The Medicare revenue paid to a hospice program from 
November 1 to October 31 may not exceed the annual aggregate cap amounts.  For cap years ending on or after October 31, 2012, 
and all subsequent cap years, the hospice aggregate cap is calculated using the proportional method.  Under the proportional 
method, the hospice shall include in its number of Medicare beneficiaries only that fraction which represents the portion of a 
patient's total days of care in all hospices and all years that were spent in that hospice in that cap year, using the best data available 
at the time of the calculation. The whole and fractional shares of Medicare beneficiaries' time in a given cap year are then summed 
to compute the total number of Medicare beneficiaries served by that hospice in that cap year.  The hospice's total Medicare 
beneficiaries in a given cap year is multiplied by the Medicare per beneficiary cap amount, resulting in that hospice's aggregate 
cap, which is the allowable amount of total Medicare payments that hospice can receive for that cap year.  If a hospice exceeds 
its aggregate cap, then the hospice must repay the excess back to Medicare.  The Medicare cap amount is reduced proportionately 
for patients who transferred in and out of our hospice services. 

Reimbursement for Home Health Services.  We derive substantially all of the revenue from our home health business from 
Medicare and Managed Care sources. Our home health care services generally consist of providing some combination of the 
services of registered nurses, speech, occupational and physical therapists, medical social workers and certified home health aides. 
Home health care is often a cost-effective solution for patients, and can also increase their quality of life and allow them to receive 
quality medical care in the comfort and convenience of a familiar setting. 

 Competition 

The skilled nursing industry is highly competitive, and we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in 
the future. The industry is highly fragmented and characterized by numerous local and regional providers, in addition to large 
national providers that have achieved geographic diversity and economies of scale. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation 
facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. Competitiveness may vary significantly from location to location, depending upon 
factors such as the number of competing facilities, availability of services, expertise of staff, and the physical appearance and 
amenities of each location. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the skilled nursing industry are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

ability to attract and to retain qualified management and caregivers;

reputation and commitment to quality;

attractiveness and location of facilities;

the expertise and commitment of the facility management team and employees;

community value, including amenities and ancillary services; and

for private pay and HMO patients, price of services.

We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a reputation within the local community as the “facility of 
choice.” This means that the facility leaders are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare 
professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then create a superior service offering and 
reputation for that particular community or market that is calculated to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to 
choose or recommend the facility. 

Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. 
Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition and may 
be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing companies may also offer newer facilities or different 
programs or services than we offer, and may therefore attract individuals who are currently residents of our facilities, potential 
residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may have lower expenses or 
other competitive advantages than us and, therefore, provide services at lower prices than we offer. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the ongoing changes within our industry. We believe that our ability 

to acquire, integrate and improve our facilities is a direct result of the following key competitive strengths: 

 Experienced and Dedicated Employees.  We believe that our employees are among the best in their respective industry. We 
believe each of our operations is led by an experienced and caring leadership team, including dedicated front-line care staff, who 
participates daily in the clinical and operational improvement of their individual operations. We have been successful in attracting, 
training, incentivizing and retaining a core group of outstanding business and clinical leaders to lead our operations. These leaders 
operate as separate local businesses. With broad local control, these talented leaders and their care staffs are able to quickly meet 
the needs of their patients and residents, employees and local communities, without waiting for permission to act or being bound 
to a “one-size-fits-all” corporate strategy. 

 Unique Incentive Programs.  We believe that our employee compensation programs are unique within the industry.  Employee 
stock options and performance bonuses, based on achieving target clinical quality and financial benchmarks, represent a significant 
component of total compensation for our operational leaders. We believe that these compensation programs assist us in encouraging 
our leaders and key employees to act with a shared ownership mentality. Furthermore, our leaders are motivated to help local 
operations within a defined “cluster,” which is a group of geographically-proximate operations that share clinical best practices, 
real-time financial data and other resources and information. 

 Staff and Leadership Development.  We have a company-wide commitment to ongoing education, training and professional 
development. Accordingly, our operational leaders participate in regular training. Most participate in training sessions at Ensign 
University, our in-house educational system.  Other training opportunities are generally offered on a monthly basis. Training and 
educational topics include leadership development, our values, updates on Medicaid and Medicare billing requirements, updates 
on new regulations or legislation, emerging healthcare service alternatives and other relevant clinical, business and industry specific 
coursework. Additionally, we encourage and provide ongoing education classes for our clinical staff to maintain licensing and 
increase the breadth of their knowledge and expertise. We believe that our commitment to, and substantial investment in, ongoing 
education will further strengthen the quality of our operational leaders and staff, and the quality of the care they provide to our 
patients and residents.

 Innovative Service Center Approach.  We do not maintain a corporate headquarters; rather, we operate a Service Center to 
support the efforts of each operation. Our Service Center is a dedicated service organization that acts as a resource and provides 
centralized information technology, human resources, accounting, payroll, legal, risk management, educational and other key 
services,  so  that  local  leaders  can  focus  on  delivering  top-quality  care  and  efficient  business  operations.  Our  Service  Center 
approach allows individual operations to function with the strength, synergies and economies of scale found in larger organizations, 
but without what we believe are the disadvantages of a top-down management structure or corporate hierarchy. We believe our 
Service Center approach is unique within the industry, and allows us to preserve the “one-facility-at-a-time” focus and culture 
that has contributed to our success. 

Proven Track Record of Successful Acquisitions.  We have established a disciplined acquisition strategy that is focused on 
selectively acquiring operations within our target markets. Our acquisition strategy is highly operations driven. Prospective leaders 
are included in the decision making process and compensated as these acquired operations reach pre-established clinical quality 
and financial benchmarks, helping to ensure that we only undertake acquisitions that key leaders believe can become clinically 
sound and contribute to our financial performance. 

Since April 1999, we have acquired 119 facilities with 13,204 operational beds, including 1,603 assisted living beds and 
477 independent living units, through both long-term leases and purchases. We believe our experience in acquiring these facilities 
and our demonstrated success in significantly improving their operations enables us to consider a broad range of acquisition targets. 
In addition, we believe we have developed expertise in transitioning newly-acquired facilities to our unique organizational culture 
and operating systems, which enables us to acquire facilities with limited disruption to patients, residents and facility operating 
staff, while significantly improving quality of care. We also intend to consider the construction of new facilities as we determine 
that market conditions justify the cost of new construction in some of our markets. 

Reputation for Quality Care.  We believe that we have achieved a reputation for high-quality and cost-effective care and 
services to our patients and residents within the communities we serve. We believe that our reputation for quality, coupled with 
the integrated skilled nursing and rehabilitation services that we offer, allows us to attract patients that require more intensive and 
medically complex care and generally result in higher reimbursement rates than lower acuity patients. 

14

 
 
 
 
Community Focused Approach.  We view skilled nursing care primarily as a local, community-based business. Our local 
leadership-centered management culture enables each facility's nursing and support staff and leaders to meet the unique needs of 
their residents and local communities. We believe that our commitment to this “one-facility-at-a-time” philosophy helps to ensure 
that each facility, its residents, their family members and the community will receive the individualized attention they need. By 
serving our residents, their families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals, we strive to make each individual 
facility the facility of choice in its local community. 

We further believe that when choosing a healthcare provider, consumers usually choose a person or people they know and 
trust, rather than a corporation or business. Therefore, rather than pursuing a traditional organization-wide branding strategy, we 
actively seek to develop the facility brand at the local level, serving and marketing one-on-one to caregivers, our residents, their 
families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals in the local market. 

Attractive Asset Base.  We believe that our facilities are among the best-operated in their respective markets. As of December 
31, 2013, we owned 96 of the 119 facilities that we operated, and had purchase agreements or options to purchase two of the 23 
facilities that we operated under long-term lease arrangements. We will consider exercising these purchase options as they become 
exercisable. Assuming we eventually exercise all purchase options we currently hold and we don't dispose of any of our current 
facilities, we would own approximately 82% of the facilities we currently operate. We plan to continue to invest in our facilities, 
both owned and leased, to keep them physically attractive and clinically sound. 

Investment in Information Technology.  We have acquired information technology that enables our facility leaders to access, 
and to share with their peers, both clinical and financial performance data in real time. Armed with relevant and current information, 
our facility leaders and their management teams are able to share best practices and latest information, adjust to challenges and 
opportunities on a timely basis, improve quality of care, mitigate risk and improve both clinical outcomes and financial performance. 
We have also invested in specialized healthcare technology systems to assist our nursing and support staff. We have installed 
automated software and touch-screen interface systems in each facility to enable our clinical staff to more efficiently monitor and 
deliver patient care and record patient information. We believe these systems have improved the quality of our medical and billing 
records, while improving the productivity of our staff. 

Our Growth Strategy 

We believe that the following strategies are primarily responsible for our growth to date, and will continue to drive the 

growth of our business: 

Grow Talent Base and Develop Future Leaders.  Our primary growth strategy is to expand our talent base and develop future 
leaders. A key component of our organizational culture is our belief that strong local leadership is a primary key to the success of 
each operation. While we believe that significant acquisition opportunities exist, we have generally followed a disciplined approach 
to growth that permits us to acquire an operation only when we believe, among other things, that we will have qualified leadership 
for that operation. To develop these leaders, we have a rigorous “CEO-in-Training Program” that attracts proven business leaders 
from various industries and backgrounds, and provides them the knowledge and hands-on training they need to successfully lead 
one of our operations. We generally have between five and twenty prospective administrators progressing through the various 
stages of this training program, which is generally much more rigorous, hands-on and intensive than the minimum 1,000 hours 
of training mandated by the licensing requirements of most states where we do business. Once administrators are licensed and 
assigned to an operation, they continue to learn and develop in our facility Chief Executive Officer Program, which facilitates the 
continued development of these talented business leaders into outstanding facility CEOs, through regular peer review, our Ensign 
University and on-the-job training. 

In addition, our Chief Operating Officer Program recruits and trains highly-qualified Directors of Nursing to lead the clinical 
programs in our skilled nursing facilities. Working together with their facility CEO and/or administrator, other key facility leaders 
and front-line staff, these experienced nurses manage delivery of care and other clinical personnel and programs to optimize both 
clinical outcomes and employee and patient satisfaction. 

Increase Mix of High Acuity Patients.  Many skilled nursing facilities are serving an increasingly larger population of patients 
who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, as a result of government 
and other payors seeking lower-cost alternatives to traditional acute-care hospitals. We generally receive higher reimbursement 
rates for providing care for these patients. In addition, many of these patients require therapy and other rehabilitative services, 
which we are able to provide as part of our integrated service offerings. Where therapy services are prescribed by a patient's 
physician or other healthcare professional, we generally receive additional revenue in connection with the provision of those 
services. By making these integrated services available to such patients, and maintaining established clinical standards in the 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
delivery of those services, we are able to increase our overall revenues. We believe that we can continue to attract high acuity 
patients  and  therapy  patients  to  our  facilities  by  maintaining  and  enhancing  our  reputation  for  quality  care,  continuing  our 
community focused approach, and strengthening our referral networks. 

Focus on Organic Growth and Internal Operating Efficiencies.  We plan to continue to grow organically by focusing on 
increasing patient occupancy within our existing facilities. Although some of the facilities we have acquired were in good physical 
and operating condition, the majority have been clinically and financially troubled, with some facilities having had occupancy 
rates as low as 30% at the time of acquisition. Additionally, we believe that incremental operating margins on the last 20% of our 
beds are significantly higher than on the first 80%, offering real opportunities to improve financial performance within our existing 
facilities.  Our overall occupancy is impacted significantly by the number of facilities acquired and the operational occupancy on 
the acquisition date.  Therefore, consolidated occupancy will vary significantly based on these factors.  Our average occupancy 
rates for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were 77.5%, 79.0% and 79.2%, respectively. 

 We also believe we can generate organic growth by improving operating efficiencies and the quality of care at the patient 
level. By focusing on staff development, clinical systems and the efficient delivery of quality patient care, we believe we are able 
to deliver higher quality care at lower costs than many of our competitors. 

 We also have achieved incremental occupancy and revenue growth by creating or expanding outpatient therapy programs 
in existing facilities. Physical, occupational and speech therapy services account for a significant portion of revenue in most of 
our skilled nursing facilities. By expanding therapy programs to provide outpatient services in many markets, we are able to 
increase revenue while spreading the fixed costs of maintaining these programs over a larger patient base. Outpatient therapy has 
also proven to be an effective marketing tool, raising the visibility of our facilities in their local communities and enhancing the 
reputation of our facilities with short-stay rehabilitation patients. 

Add New Facilities and Expand Existing Facilities.  A key element of our growth strategy includes the acquisition of new 
and existing facilities from third parties, the expansion and upgrade of current facilities, and the potential construction of new 
facilities. In the near term, we plan to take advantage of the fragmented skilled nursing industry by acquiring facilities within 
select geographic markets and may consider the construction of new facilities or by partnering with  a construction company to 
build out new facilities. In addition, historically we have targeted facilities that we believed were underperforming, and where we 
believed we could improve service delivery, occupancy rates and cash flow. With experienced leaders in place at the community 
level, and demonstrated success in significantly improving operating conditions at acquired facilities, we believe that we are well 
positioned for continued growth. While the integration of underperforming facilities generally has a negative short-term effect on 
overall operating margins, these facilities are typically accretive to earnings within 12 to 18 months following their acquisition. 
For the 92 facilities that we acquired from 2001 through 2012, the aggregate EBITDAR (defined below) as a percentage of revenue 
improved from 11.3% during the first full three months of operations to 14.5% during the thirteenth through fifteenth months of 
operations. 

Labor 

 The operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, home health and hospice operations and urgent care centers  
requires a large number of highly skilled healthcare professionals and support staff. At December 31, 2013, we had approximately 
11,372  full-time  equivalent  employees,  employed  by  our  Service  Center  and  our  operating  subsidiaries.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013, approximately 60.0% of our total expenses were payroll related. Periodically, market forces, which vary by 
region, require that we increase wages in excess of general inflation or in excess of increases in reimbursement rates we receive. 
We believe that we staff appropriately, focusing primarily on the acuity level and day-to-day needs of our patients and residents. 
In most of the states where we operate, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to state mandated minimum staffing ratios, so our 
ability to reduce costs by decreasing staff, notwithstanding decreases in acuity or need, is limited. We seek to manage our labor 
costs by improving staff retention, improving operating efficiencies, maintaining competitive wage rates and benefits and reducing 
reliance on overtime compensation and temporary nursing agency services. 

The healthcare industry as a whole has been experiencing shortages of qualified professional clinical staff. We believe 

that our ability to attract and retain qualified professional clinical staff stems from our ability to offer attractive wage and 
benefits packages, a high level of employee training, an empowered culture that provides incentives for individual efforts and a 
quality work environment.

16

 
 
Government Regulations

 The regulatory environment within the skilled nursing industry continues to intensify in the amount and type of laws and 
regulations affecting it. In addition to this changing regulatory environment, federal, state and local officials are increasingly 
focusing their efforts on the enforcement of these laws. In order to operate our businesses we must comply with federal, state and 
local laws relating to licensure, delivery and adequacy of medical care, distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, 
operating  policies,  fire  prevention,  rate-setting,  billing  and  reimbursement,  building  codes  and  environmental  protection. 
Additionally,  we  must  also  adhere  to  anti-kickback  laws,  physician  referral  laws,  and  safety  and  health  standards  set  by  the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws may have an 
adverse impact on our methods and costs of doing business.

Our operations are also subject to various regulations and licensing requirements promulgated by state and local health and 
social service agencies and other regulatory authorities. Requirements vary from state to state and these requirements can affect, 
among other things, personnel education and training, patient and personnel records, services, staffing levels, monitoring of patient 
wellness, patient furnishings, housekeeping services, dietary requirements, emergency plans and procedures, certification and 
licensing of staff prior to beginning employment, and patient rights. These laws and regulations could limit our ability to expand 
into new markets and to expand our services and facilities in existing markets. 

State Regulations — On March 24, 2011, the governor of California signed Assembly Bill 97 (AB 97), the budget trailer bill 
on health, into law.  AB 97 outlines significant cuts to  state  health and human services programs.  Specifically, the law reduced 
provider payments by 10% for physicians, pharmacies, clinics, medical transportation, certain hospitals, home health, and nursing 
facilities.  AB X1 19 Long Term Care  was subsequently approved by the governor on June 28, 2011.  Federal approval was 
obtained on October 27, 2011.  AB X1 19 limited  the 10% payment reduction to skilled-nursing providers to 14 months for the 
services provided on June 1, 2011 through July 31, 2012. The 10% reduction in provider payments was repaid by December 31, 
2012.

Federal Health Care Reform — On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Budget 
Control Act), which raised the debt ceiling and put into effect a series of actions for deficit reduction. The Budget Control Act 
created a Congressional Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (the Committee) that was tasked with proposing additional 
deficit reduction of at least $1.5 trillion over ten years.  As the Committee was unable to achieve its targeted savings, this regulation 
triggered  automatic  reductions  in  discretionary  and  mandatory  spending,  or  budget  sequestration,  starting  in  2013,  including 
reductions of not more than 2% to payments to Medicare providers. The Budget Control Act also requires Congress to vote on an 
amendment to the Constitution that would require a balanced budget. 

Legislation to delay a significant cut in reimbursement  for physician services under Medicare has been enacted repeatedly, 
most recently in the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2014, which implements a 0.5% update for physician services through March 
31, 2014.  On February 12, 2014, the Senate passed legislation previously passed by the House of Representatives to provide $2.3 
billion in funds to supplement Medicare physician payment rates in 2017 if those rates are less than 2013 rates.  The President is 
expected to sign this legislation.  In addition, key House and Senate committees have agreed on proposed legislation to permanently 
stabilize Medicare payment to physicians, but the full House and Senate have not yet taken action on this legislation

On March 23, 2010, President Obama signed PPACA into law, which contained several sweeping changes to America’s 
health insurance system. Among other reforms contained in PPACA, many Medicare providers received reductions in their market 
basket updates. Unlike for some other Medicare providers, PPACA made no reduction to the market basket update for skilled 
nursing facilities in fiscal years 2010 or 2011. However, under PPACA, the skilled nursing facility market basket update became 
subject to a full productivity adjustment beginning in fiscal year 2012. In addition, PPACA enacted several reforms with respect 
to skilled nursing facilities and hospice organizations, including payment measures to realize significant savings of federal and 
state funds by deterring and prosecuting fraud and abuse in both the Medicare and Medicaid programs. 

While many of the provisions of PPACA have not taken effect, or are subject to further refinement through the promulgation 

of regulations, some key provisions of PPACA are:

•  Enhanced  CMPs  and  Escrow  Provisions  —  PPACA  included  expanded  civil  monetary  penalty  (CMP) provisions 
applicable to all Medicare and Medicaid providers. PPACA provided for the imposition of CMPs of up to $50,000 and, 
in some cases, treble damages, for actions relating to alleged false statements to the federal government.

17

•  Nursing Home Transparency Requirements — In addition to expanded CMP provisions, PPACA imposed substantial new 
transparency requirements for Medicare-participating nursing facilities. Existing law required Medicare providers to 
disclose to CMS: (1) any person or entity that owns directly or indirectly an ownership interest of five percent or more 
in a provider; (2) officers and directors (if a corporation) and partners (if a partnership); and (3) holders of a mortgage, 
deed of trust, note or other obligation secured by the entity or the property of the entity. PPACA expanded the information 
required  to  be  disclosed  to  include:  (4) the  facility’s  organizational  structure;  (5) additional  information  on  officers, 
directors, trustees, and “managing employees” of the facility (including their names, titles, and start dates of services); 
and (6) information on any “additional disclosable party” of the facility.  CMS has not yet promulgated final regulations 
to implement these provisions. 

•  Face-to-Face Encounter Requirements — PPACA imposed new patient face-to-face encounter requirements on home 
health agencies and hospices to establish a patient's ongoing eligibility for Medicare home health services or hospice 
services, as applicable. Effective for patients with home health starts of care on or after January 1, 2011 and for hospice 
patients with a third or later benefit period on or after January 1, 2011, a certifying physician or other designated health 
care professional must conduct and properly document the face-to-face encounters with the Medicare beneficiary within 
a specified timeframe, and failure of the face-to-face encounter to occur and be properly documented during the applicable 
timeframe could render the patient's care ineligible for reimbursement under Medicare.

• 

Suspension of Payments During Pending Fraud Investigations — PPACA also provided the federal government with 
expanded authority to suspend payment if a provider is investigated for allegations or issues of fraud. Section 6402 of 
the PPACA provides that Medicare and Medicaid payments may be suspended pending a “credible investigation of fraud,” 
unless the Secretary of Health and Human Services determined that good cause exists not to suspend payments. “Credible 
investigation of fraud” is undefined, although the Secretary must consult with the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) in 
determining whether a credible investigation of fraud exists. This suspension authority created a new mechanism for the 
federal government to suspend both Medicare and Medicaid payments for allegations of fraud, independent of whether 
a state exercised its authority to suspend Medicaid payments pending a fraud investigation. To the extent the Secretary 
applied this suspension of payments provision to one or more of our facilities for allegations of fraud, such a suspension 
could adversely affect our revenue, cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.  OIG promulgated regulations 
making these provisions effective as of March 25, 2011.

•  Overpayment Reporting and Repayment; Expanded False Claims Act Liability — PPACA also enacted several important 
changes that expand potential liability under the federal False Claims Act. PPACA provided that overpayments related 
to services provided to both Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries must be reported and returned to the applicable payor 
within the later of sixty days of identification of the overpayment, or the date the corresponding cost report (if applicable) 
is due. Any overpayment retained after the deadline is considered an “obligation” for purposes of the federal False Claims 
Act.

• 

Skilled Nursing Facility Value-Based Purchasing Program — PPACA required the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services (HHS) to develop a plan to implement a value-based purchasing program for Medicare payments to skilled 
nursing facilities.  HHS delivered a report to Congress outlining its plans for implementing this value-based purchasing 
program.  The value-based purchasing program would provide payment incentives for Medicare-participating skilled 
nursing facilities to improve the quality of care provided to Medicare beneficiaries.  Among the most relevant factors in 
HHS' plans to implement value-based purchasing for skilled nursing facilities is the current Nursing Home Value-Based 
Purchasing Demonstration Project, which concluded in December 2012.  HHS provided Congress with an outline of 
plans to implement a value-based purchasing program, and any permanent value-based purchasing program for skilled 
nursing facilities will be implemented after that evaluation.  

•  Voluntary Pilot Program — Bundled Payments — To support the policies of making all providers responsible during an 
episode of care and rewarding value over volume, HHS will establish, test and evaluate alternative payment methodologies 
for Medicare services through a five-year, national, voluntary pilot program starting in 2013. This program will provide 
incentives for providers to coordinate patient care across the continuum and to be jointly accountable for an entire episode 
of care centered around a hospitalization. HHS will develop qualifying provider payment methods that may include 
bundled payments and bids from entities for episodes of care that begins three days prior to hospitalization and spans 
30 days  following  discharge. The  bundled  payment  will  cover  the  costs  of  acute  care  inpatient  services;  physicians’ 
services delivered in and outside of an acute care hospital; outpatient hospital services including emergency department 
services;  post-acute  care  services,  including  home  health  services,  skilled  nursing  services,  inpatient  rehabilitation 
services;  and  inpatient  hospital  services. The  payment  methodology  will  include  payment  for  services,  such  as  care 
coordination, medication reconciliation, discharge planning and transitional care services, and other patient-centered 

18

activities. Payments for items and services cannot result in spending more than would otherwise be expended for such 
entities if the pilot program were not implemented. As with Medicare’s shared savings program discussed above, payment 
arrangements among providers on the backside of the bundled payment must take into account significant hurdles under 
the Anti-kickback Law, the Stark Law and the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. This pilot program may expand in 2016 if 
expansion would reduce Medicare spending without also reducing quality of care.

•  Accountable Care Organizations — PPACA authorized CMS to enter into contracts with Accountable Care Organizations 
(ACOs).  ACOs are entities of providers and suppliers organized to deliver services to Medicare beneficiaries and eligible 
to receive a share of any cost savings the entity can achieve by delivering services to those beneficiaries at a cost below 
a set baseline and with sufficient quality of care.  CMS recently finalized regulations to implement the ACO initiative.  
The widespread adoption of ACO payment methodologies in the Medicare program, and in other programs and payors, 
could impact our operations and reimbursement for our services.

On June 28, 2012 the United States Supreme Court ruled that the enactment of PPACA did not violate the Constitution of 
the United States.  This ruling permits the implementation of most of the provisions of PPACA to proceed.  The provisions of 
PPACA discussed above are only examples of federal health reform provisions that we believe may have a material impact on the 
long-term care industry and on our business. However, the foregoing discussion is not intended to constitute, nor does it constitute, 
an exhaustive review and discussion of PPACA. It is possible that these and other provisions of PPACA may be interpreted, 
clarified, or applied to our facilities or operations in a way that could have a material adverse impact on the results of operations.

Regulations Regarding Our Facilities.  Governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our facilities to assess our 
compliance  with  various  standards.  The  intensified  regulatory  and  enforcement  environment  continues  to  impact  healthcare 
providers,  as  these  providers  respond  to  periodic  surveys  and  other  inspections  by  governmental  authorities  and  act  on  any 
noncompliance identified in the inspection process. Unannounced surveys or inspections generally occur at least annually, and 
also following a government agency's receipt of a complaint about a facility. We must pass these inspections to maintain our 
licensure under state law, to obtain or maintain certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to continue participation 
in the Veterans Administration (VA) program at some facilities, and to comply with our provider contracts with managed care 
clients at many facilities. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare industry, may receive notices from federal and state 
regulatory agencies alleging that we failed to comply with applicable standards. These notices may require us to take corrective 
action, may impose civil monetary penalties for noncompliance, and may threaten or impose other operating restrictions on skilled 
nursing facilities such as admission holds, provisional skilled nursing license or increased staffing requirements. If our facilities 
fail  to  comply  with  these  directives  or  otherwise  fail  to  comply  substantially  with  licensure  and  certification  laws,  rules  and 
regulations, we could lose our certification as a Medicare or Medicaid provider, or lose our state licenses to operate the facilities. 

Regulations Protecting Against Fraud.  Various complex federal and state laws exist which govern a wide array of referrals, 
relationships  and  arrangements,  and  prohibit  fraud  by  healthcare  providers.  Governmental  agencies  are  devoting  increasing 
attention and resources to such anti-fraud efforts. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), and 
the  Balanced  Budget Act  of  1997  (BBA)  expanded  the  penalties  for  healthcare  fraud. Additionally,  in  connection  with  our 
involvement with federal healthcare reimbursement programs, the government or those acting on its behalf may bring an action 
under the False Claims Act, alleging that a healthcare provider has defrauded the government. These claimants may seek treble 
damages for false claims and payment of additional civil monetary penalties. The False Claims Act allows a private individual 
with knowledge of fraud to bring a claim on behalf of the federal government and earn a percentage of the federal government's 
recovery. Due to these “whistleblower” incentives, suits have become more frequent. 

In May 2009, Congress passed the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act (FERA) of 2009 which made significant changes 
to the federal False Claims Act (FCA), expanding the types of activities subject to prosecution and whistleblower liability. Following 
changes by FERA, health care providers face significant penalties for the knowing retention of government overpayments, even 
if no false claim was involved. Health care providers can now be liable for knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an 
obligation  to  pay  money  or  property  to  the  government.  This  includes  the  retention  of  any  government  overpayment.  The 
government can argue, therefore, that a FCA violation can occur without any affirmative fraudulent action or statement, as long 
as it is knowingly improper. In addition, FERA extended protections against retaliation for whistleblowers, including protections 
not only for employees, but also contractors and agents. Thus, there is no need for an employment relationship in order to qualify 
for protection against retaliation for whistleblowing. 

19

 
 
In July 2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). The 
Dodd-Frank Act establishes rigorous standards and supervision to protect the economy and American consumers, investors and 
businesses. Included under Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will be required 
to pay a reward to individuals who provide original information to the SEC resulting in monetary sanctions exceeding $1.0 million 
in civil or criminal proceedings. The award will range from 10 to 30 percent of the amount recouped and the amount of the award 
shall be at the discretion of the SEC. The purpose of this reward program is to “motivate those with inside knowledge to come 
forward and assist the Government to identify and prosecute persons who have violated securities laws and recover money for 
victims of financial fraud.”

On January 2, 2013 the President signed the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 into law.   This statute lengthened the 
retrospective time period for which CMS can recover overpayments from health care providers, from three years following the 
year in which payment was made, to five years following the year in which payment was made.  

Regulations  Regarding  Financial  Arrangements.  We  are  also  subject  to  federal  and  state  laws  that  regulate  financial 
arrangement by healthcare providers, such as the federal and state anti-kickback laws, the Stark laws, and various state referral 
laws.  The federal anti-kickback laws and similar state laws make it unlawful for any person to pay, receive, offer, or solicit any 
benefit, directly or indirectly, for the referral or recommendation for products or services which are eligible for payment under 
federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. For the purposes of the anti-kickback law, a “federal healthcare 
program” includes Medicare and Medicaid programs and any other plan or program that provides health benefits which are funded 
directly, in whole or in part, by the United States Government. 

The arrangements prohibited under these anti-kickback laws can involve nursing homes, hospitals, physicians and other 
healthcare providers, plans and suppliers. These laws have been interpreted very broadly to include a number of practices and 
relationships between healthcare providers and sources of patient referral. The scope of prohibited payments is very broad, including 
anything of value, whether offered directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind. Federal “safe harbor” regulations describe certain 
arrangements that will not be deemed to constitute violations of the anti-kickback law. Arrangements that do not comply with all 
of the strict requirements of a safe harbor are not necessarily illegal, but, due to the broad language of the statute, failure to comply 
with a safe harbor may increase the potential that a government agency or whistleblower will seek to investigate or challenge the 
arrangement. The safe harbors are narrow and do not cover a wide range of economic relationships. 

Violations of the federal anti-kickback laws can result in criminal penalties of up to $25,000 and five years imprisonment. 
Violations of the anti-kickback laws can also result in civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 and an assessment of up to three 
times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited, or received. Violation of the anti-kickback laws may also result in 
an individual's or organization's exclusion from future participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare 
programs. Exclusion of us or any of our key employees from the Medicare or Medicaid program could have a material adverse 
impact on our operations and financial condition. 

In addition to these regulations, we may face adverse consequences if we violate the federal Stark laws related to certain 
Medicare physician referrals. The Stark laws prohibit a physician from referring Medicare patients for certain designated health 
services where the physician has an ownership interest in or compensation arrangement with the provider of the services, with 
limited exceptions. Also, any services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral are not eligible for payment by the Medicare 
programs, and the provider is prohibited from billing any third party for such services. The Stark laws provide for the imposition 
of a civil monetary penalty of $15,000 per prohibited claim, and up to $100,000 for knowingly entering into certain prohibited 
cross-referral schemes, and potential exclusion from Medicare for any person who presents or causes to be presented a bill or 
claim the person knows or should know is submitted in violation of the Stark laws. Such designated health services include physical 
therapy services; occupational therapy services; radiology services, including CT, MRI and ultrasound; durable medical equipment 
and services; radiation therapy services and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment and supplies; prosthetics, orthotics 
and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; 
clinical laboratory services; and diagnostic and therapeutic nuclear medical services. 

 Regulations Regarding Patient Record Confidentiality.  We are also subject to laws and regulations enacted to protect the 
confidentiality of patient health information. For example, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued rules 
pursuant to HIPAA, which relate to the privacy of certain patient information. These rules govern our use and disclosure of protected 
health information. We have established policies and procedures to comply with HIPAA privacy requirements at these facilities. 
We believe that we are in compliance with all current HIPAA laws and regulations. 

20

 
 
 
 Antitrust Laws.  We are also subject to federal and state antitrust laws. Enforcement of the antitrust laws against healthcare 
providers is common, and antitrust liability may arise in a wide variety of circumstances, including third party contracting, physician 
relations, joint venture, merger, affiliation and acquisition activities. In some respects, the application of federal and state antitrust 
laws to healthcare is still evolving, and enforcement activity by federal and state agencies appears to be increasing. At various 
times, healthcare providers and insurance and managed care organizations may be subject to an investigation by a governmental 
agency charged with the enforcement of antitrust laws, or may be subject to administrative or judicial action by a federal or state 
agency or a private party. Violators of the antitrust laws could be subject to criminal and civil enforcement by federal and state 
agencies, as well as by private litigants.

Environmental Matters 

 Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. As a healthcare provider, 
we face regulatory requirements in areas of air and water quality control, medical and low-level radioactive waste management 
and disposal, asbestos management, response to mold and lead-based paint in our facilities and employee safety. 

 As an owner or operator of our facilities, we also may be required to investigate and remediate hazardous substances that 
are located on and/or under the property, including any such substances that may have migrated off, or may have been discharged 
or transported from the property. Part of our operations involves the handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and discharge 
of medical, biological, infectious, toxic, flammable and other hazardous materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants. In addition, 
we are sometimes unable to determine with certainty whether prior uses of our facilities and properties or surrounding properties 
may have produced continuing environmental contamination or noncompliance, particularly where the timing or cost of making 
such determinations is not deemed cost-effective. These activities, as well as the possible presence of such materials in, on and 
under our properties, may result in damage to individuals, property or the environment; may interrupt operations or increase costs; 
may result in legal liability, damages, injunctions or fines; may result in investigations, administrative proceedings, penalties or 
other governmental agency actions; and may not be covered by insurance. 

We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety requirements. 
However, we cannot assure you that we will not encounter environmental liabilities in the future, and such liabilities may result 
in material adverse consequences to our operations or financial condition. 

Available Information

We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). 
Consequently, we are required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including 
reports on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These 
reports and other information concerning the Company may be accessed through the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. 

You may also find on our website at http://www.ensigngroup.net, electronic copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Such filings are placed on our website as soon as reasonably possible after they are 
filed with the SEC. All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website is not deemed to be a part 
of this Annual Report. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. 

Risk Factors

Set forth below are certain risk factors that could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.  You 
should carefully read the following risk factors, together with the financial statements, related notes and other information contained 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that contain risks 
and uncertainties.  Please refer to the section entitled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" on page 1 of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K in connection with your consideration of the risk factors and other important factors that may 
affect future results described below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare.

We derived 39.8% of our revenue from the Medicaid program for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  We derived 
32.4% and 33.8% of our revenue from the Medicare program for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  If 
reimbursement rates under these programs are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the 
way these programs pay for services, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected. The services for which 
we are currently reimbursed by Medicaid and Medicare may not continue to be reimbursed at adequate levels or at all. Further 
limits on the scope of services being reimbursed, delays or reductions in reimbursement or changes in other aspects of reimbursement 
could impact our revenue. For example, in the past, the enactment of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA), the Medicaid 
Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) caused 
changes in government reimbursement systems, which, in some cases, made obtaining reimbursements more difficult and costly 
and lowered or restricted reimbursement rates for some of our residents. 

The Medicaid and Medicare programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes affecting base rates or basis of payment, 
retroactive rate adjustments, annual caps that limit the amount that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) 
for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to Medicare beneficiaries, administrative or executive orders and government funding 
restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates and frequency at which these programs reimburse us for our 
services. For example, the Medicaid Integrity Contractor (MIC) program is increasing the scrutiny placed on Medicaid payments, 
and could result in recoupments of alleged overpayments in an effort to rein in Medicaid spending.  Recent budget proposals and 
legislation at both the federal and state levels have called for cuts in reimbursement for health care providers participating in the 
Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Enactment and implementation of measures to reduce or delay reimbursement could result in 
substantial reductions in our revenue and profitability. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement based on determinations 
that certain costs are not reimbursable or reasonable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or 
because certain services were not covered or considered reasonably necessary. Additionally, revenue from these payors can be 
retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. New 
legislation and regulatory proposals could impose further limitations on government payments to healthcare providers.

In  addition,  on  October  1,  2010,  the  next  generation  of  the  Minimum  Data  Set  (MDS)  3.0  was  implemented,  creating 
significant changes in the methodology for calculating the resource utilization group (RUG) category under Medicare Part A, most 
notably eliminating Section T. Because therapy does not necessarily begin upon admission, MDS 2.0 and the RUGS-III system 
included a provision to capture therapy services that are scheduled to occur but have not yet been provided in order to calculate 
a RUG level that better reflects the level of care the recipient would actually receive. This is eliminated with MDS 3.0, which 
creates a new category of assessment called the Medicare Short Stay Assessment. This assessment provides for calculation of a 
rehabilitation RUG for residents discharged on or before day eight who received less than five days of therapy.

On July 27, 2012, CMS announced a final rule updating Medicare skilled nursing facility PPS payments in fiscal year 2013.  
The update, a 1.8% or $670 million increase, reflects a 2.5% market basket increase, reduced by a 0.7% multi-factor productivity 
(MFP) adjustment mandated by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA).  This increase will be offset by the 2% 
sequestration reduction, discussed below, which became effective April 1, 2013.

On July 31, 2013, CMS issued its final rule outlining fiscal year 2014 Medicare payment rates for skilled nursing facilities.  
CMS estimates that aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities will increase by $470 million, or 1.3% for fiscal year 2014, 
relative to payments in 2013.  This estimated increase reflects a 2.3% market basket increase, reduced by the 0.5% forecast error 
correction  and further reduced by the 0.5% MFP adjustment as required by PPACA.  The forecast error correction is applied when 
the difference between the actual and projected market basket percentage change for the most recent available fiscal year exceeds 
the  0.5%  threshold.    For  fiscal  year  2012  (most  recent  available  fiscal  year),  the  projected  market  basket  percentage  change 
exceeded the actual market basket percentage change by 0.51%.

22

 
In November 2012, CMS issued final regulations regarding Medicare payment rates for home health agencies effective 
January 1, 2013. These final regulations implement a net market basket increase of 1.3% consisting of a 2.3% market basket 
inflation increase, less a 1.0% adjustment mandated by the PPACA. In addition, CMS implemented a 1.3% reduction in case mix. 
CMS has projected the impact of these changes will result in a less than 0.1% decrease in payments to home health agencies.

On November 22, 2013, CMS issued its final ruling regarding Medicare payment rates for home health agencies effective 
January 1, 2014.  As required by the PPACA, this rule includes rebasing adjustments, with a four-year phase-in, to the national, 
standardized 60-day episode payment rates; the national per-visit rates; and the NRS conversion factor.  Under the ruling, CMS 
projects that Medicare payments to home health agencies in calendar year 2014 will be reduced by 1.05%, or $200 million, 
reflecting the combined effects of the 2.3% increase in the home health national payment update percentage; a 2.7% decrease due 
to rebasing adjustments to the national, standardized 60-day episode payment rate, mandated by the Affordable Care Act; and a  
0.6% decrease due to the effects of HH PPS Grouper refinements. This final rule also updates the home health wage index for 
calendar year 2014.  The ruling also established  home health quality reporting requirements for 2014 payment and subsequent 
years to specify that Medicaid responsibilities for home health surveys be explicitly recognized in the State Medicaid Plan, which 
is similar to the current regulations for surveys of skilled nursing facilities and intermediate care facilities for individuals with 
intellectual disabilities. 

In July 2012, CMS issued its final rule for hospice services for its 2013 fiscal year.  These final regulations implement a net 
market basket increase of 1.6% consisting of a 2.6% market basket inflation increase, less offsets to the standard payment conversion 
factor mandated by the PPACA of 0.7% to account for the effect of a productivity adjustment, and 0.3% as required by statute. 
CMS has projected the impact of these changes will result in a 0.9% increase in payments to hospice providers.

On August 2, 2013, CMS issued its final rule that would update fiscal year 2014 Medicare payment rates and the wage index 
for hospices serving Medicare beneficiaries.  Hospices will see an estimated 1.0% ($160 million) increase in their payments for 
fiscal year 2014.  The hospice payment increase is the net result of a hospice payment update percentage of 1.7% (a 2.5% hospital 
market basket increase minus a 0.8% reduction mandated by law), and a 0.7% decrease in payments to hospices due to updated 
wage data and the fifth year of the CMS's seven-year phase-out of its wage index budget neutrality adjustment factor (BNAF).  
As finalized in this rule, CMS will update the hospice per diem rates for fiscal year 2014 and subsequent years through the annual 
hospice rule or notice, rather than solely through a Change Request, as has been done in prior years.  The fiscal year 2014 hospice 
payment rates and wage index became effective on October 1, 2013.

On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Budget Control Act), which raised the 
debt ceiling and put into effect a series of actions for deficit reduction. The Budget Control Act created a Congressional Joint 
Select Committee on Deficit Reduction (the Committee) that was tasked with proposing additional deficit reduction of at least 
$1.5 trillion over ten years.  As the Committee was unable to achieve its targeted savings, this regulation triggered automatic 
reductions in discretionary and mandatory spending starting in 2013, including reductions of not more than 2% to payments to 
Medicare providers. The Budget Control Act also requires Congress to vote on an amendment to the Constitution that would 
require a balanced budget.   

On February 22, 2012, the President signed into law H.R. 3630, which among other things, delayed a cut in physician and 
Part B services.  In establishing the funding for the law, payments to nursing facilities for residents' unpaid Medicare A co-insurance 
was  reduced.    The  Deficit  Reduction Act  of  2005  had  previously  limited  reimbursement  of  bad  debt  to  70%  on  privately 
responsibility co-insurance. However, under H.R. 3630, this reimbursement will be reduced to 65%. 

Further, prior to the introduction of H.R. 3630, we were reimbursed for 100% of bad debt related to dual-eligible Medicare 
residents' co-insurance.  H.R. 3630 will phase down the dual-eligible reimbursement over three years.  Effective October 1, 2012, 
Medicare dual-eligible co-insurance reimbursement decreased from 100% to 88%, with further reductions to 77% and 65% as of 
October 1, 2013 and 2014, respectively.  Any reductions in Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement could materially adversely affect 
our profitability.

On January 2, 2013 the President signed the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 into law.  This statute delays significant 
cuts in Medicare rates for physician services until December 31, 2013.  The statute also creates a Commission on Long Term Care, 
the goal of which is to develop a plan for the establishment, implementation, and financing of a comprehensive, coordinated, and 
high-quality system that ensures the availability of long-term care services and supports for individuals in need of such services 
and supports.   Any implementation of recommendations from this commission may have an impact on coverage and payment for 
our services.

23

Should future changes in PPS, similar to those described above, include further reduced rates or increased standards for 
reaching certain reimbursement levels, our Medicare revenues derived from our skilled nursing facilities (including rehabilitation 
therapy services provided at our skilled nursing facilities) could be reduced, with a corresponding adverse impact on our financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by continued cost containment pressures 
on Medicaid spending. 

Medicaid, which is largely administered by the states, is a significant payor for our skilled nursing services. Rapidly increasing 
Medicaid spending, combined with slow state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling 
spending growth. For example, in February 2009, the California legislature approved a new budget to help relieve a $42 billion 
budget deficit. The budget package was signed after months of negotiation, during which time California's governor declared a 
fiscal state of emergency in California. The new budget implemented spending cuts in several areas, including Medi-Cal spending. 
Some of the spending cuts were triggered only if an inadequate amount of federal funding is received from the American Recovery 
and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Further, California initially had extended its cost-based Medi-Cal long-term care reimbursement 
system enacted through Assembly Bill 1629 (A.B.1629) through the 2009-2010 and 2010-2011 rate years with a growth rate of 
up to five percent for both years. However, due to California's severe budget crisis, in July 2009, the State passed a budget-
balancing proposal that eliminated this five percent growth cap by amending the current statute to provide that, for the 2009-2010 
and 2010-2011 rate years, the weighted average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate paid to long-term care facilities shall not exceed 
the weighted average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate for the 2008-2009 rate year. In addition, the budget proposal increased the 
amounts that California nursing facilities will pay to Medi-Cal in quality assurance fees for the 2009-2010 and 2010-2011 rate 
years by including Medicare revenue in the calculation of the quality assurance fee that nursing facilities pay under A.B. 1629. 
Although overall reimbursement from Medi-Cal remained stable, individual facility rates varied.

California's  Governor  signed  the  budget  trailer  into  law  in  October  2010.  Despite  its  enactment,  these  changes  in 
reimbursement to long-term care facilities were to be implemented retroactively to the beginning of the calendar quarter in which 
California submitted its request for federal approval of CMS.  On January 10, 2011, the California Governor proposed a budget 
for 2011-2012 which proposes to reduce Medi-Cal provider payments by 10%, including payments to long-term care facilities. 

Because state legislatures control the amount of state funding for Medicaid programs, cuts or delays in approval of such 
funding by legislatures could reduce the amount of, or cause a delay in, payment from Medicaid to skilled nursing facilities. Since 
a significant portion of our revenue is generated from our skilled nursing operations in California, these budget reductions, if 
approved, could adversely affect our net patient service revenue and profitability. We expect continuing cost containment pressures 
on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities, and any such decline could adversely affect our financial condition and results 
of operations. 

On March 24, 2011, the governor of California signed Assembly Bill 97 (AB 97), the budget trailer bill on health, into 
law.  AB 97 outlines significant cuts to state health and human services programs.  Specifically, the law reduced provider payments 
by 10% for physicians, pharmacies, clinics, medical transportation, certain hospitals, home health, and nursing facilities.  AB X1 
19 Long Term Care  was subsequently approved by the governor on June 28, 2011.  Federal approval was obtained on October 
27, 2011.  AB X1 19 limited  the 10% payment reduction to skilled-nursing providers to 14 months for the services provided on 
June 1, 2011 through July 31, 2012. The 10% reduction in provider payments was repaid on or before December 31, 2012.

To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements such 
as provider taxes. Under provider tax arrangements, states collect taxes or fees from healthcare providers and then return the 
revenue to these providers as Medicaid expenditures. Congress, however, has placed restrictions on states' use of provider tax and 
donation programs as a source of state matching funds. Under the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax 
Amendments of 1991, the federal medical assistance percentage available to a state was reduced by the total amount of healthcare 
related taxes that the state imposed, unless certain requirements are met. The federal medical assistance percentage is not reduced 
if the state taxes are broad-based and not applied specifically to Medicaid reimbursed services. In addition, the healthcare providers 
receiving  Medicaid  reimbursement  must  be  at  risk  for  the  amount  of  tax  assessed  and  must  not  be  guaranteed  to  receive 
reimbursement through the applicable state Medicaid program for the tax assessed. Lower Medicaid reimbursement rates would 
adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

24

We may not be fully reimbursed for all services for which each facility bills through consolidated billing, which could adversely 
affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. 

Skilled nursing facilities are required to perform consolidated billing for certain items and services furnished to patients and 
residents.  The  consolidated  billing  requirement  essentially  confers  on  the  skilled  nursing  facility  itself  the  Medicare  billing 
responsibility for the entire package of care that its residents receive in these situations. The BBA also affected skilled nursing 
facility payments by requiring that post-hospitalization skilled nursing services be “bundled” into the hospital's Diagnostic Related 
Group (DRG) payment in certain circumstances. Where this rule applies, the hospital and the skilled nursing facility must, in 
effect, divide the payment which otherwise would have been paid to the hospital alone for the patient's treatment, and no additional 
funds are paid by Medicare for skilled nursing care of the patient. At present, this provision applies to a limited number of DRGs, 
but already is apparently having a negative effect on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments, either because hospitals are 
finding it difficult to place patients in skilled nursing facilities which will not be paid as before or because hospitals are reluctant 
to discharge the patients to skilled nursing facilities and lose part of their payment. This bundling requirement could be extended 
to more DRGs in the future, which would accentuate the negative impact on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments. We 
may not be fully reimbursed for all services for which each facility bills through consolidated billing, which could adversely affect 
our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. 

Reforms to the U.S. healthcare system will impose new requirements upon us and may lower our reimbursements. 

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 
(the Reconciliation Act) were enacted as law. These laws include sweeping changes to how health care is paid for and furnished 
in the United States. 

PPACA, as modified by the Reconciliation Act, is projected to expand access to Medicaid for approximately 16 million 
additional people. It also reduces the projected growth of Medicare by $500 billion over ten years by tying payments to providers 
more closely to quality outcomes. It also imposes new obligations on skilled nursing facilities, requiring them to disclose information 
regarding ownership, expenditures and certain other information. This information will be disclosed on a website for comparison 
by members of the public. 

To address potential fraud and abuse in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, PPACA includes 
provider screening and enhanced oversight periods for new providers and suppliers, as well as enhanced penalties for submitting 
false claims. It also provides funding for enhanced anti-fraud activities. The new law imposes enrollment moratoria in elevated 
risk areas by requiring providers and suppliers to establish compliance programs. PPACA also provides the federal government 
with expanded authority to suspend payment if a provider is investigated for allegations or issues of fraud. Section 6402 of the 
PPACA provides that Medicare and Medicaid payments may be suspended pending a “credible investigation of fraud,” unless the 
Secretary of Health and Human Services determines that good cause exists not to suspend payments.  To the extent the Secretary 
applies this suspension of payments provision to one of our facilities for allegations of fraud, such a suspension could adversely 
affect our results of operations. 

Under  PPACA,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (HHS)  will  establish,  test  and  evaluate  alternative 
payment methodologies for Medicare services through a five-year, national, voluntary pilot program starting in 2013. This program 
will provide incentives for providers to coordinate patient care across the continuum and to be jointly accountable for an entire 
episode  of  care  centered  around  a  hospitalization.  HHS  will  develop  qualifying  provider  payment  methods  that  may  include 
bundled payments and bids from entities for episodes of care that begins three days prior to hospitalization and spans 30 days 
following discharge. The bundled payment will cover the costs of acute care inpatient services; physicians’ services delivered in 
and  outside  of  an  acute  care  hospital;  outpatient  hospital  services  including  emergency  department  services;  post-acute  care 
services, including home health services, skilled nursing services; inpatient rehabilitation services; and inpatient hospital services. 
The payment methodology will include payment for services, such as care coordination, medication reconciliation, discharge 
planning and transitional care services, and other patient-centered activities. Payments for items and services cannot result in 
spending more than would otherwise be expended for such entities if the pilot program were not implemented. As with Medicare’s 
shared savings program discussed above, payment arrangements among providers on the backside of the bundled payment must 
take into account significant hurdles under the Anti-kickback Law, the Stark Law and the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. This pilot 
program may expand in 2016 if expansion would reduce Medicare spending without also reducing quality of care. 

25

PPACA attempts to improve the health care delivery system through incentives to enhance quality, improve beneficiary 
outcomes  and  increase  value  of  care.  One  of  these  key  delivery  system  reforms  is  the  encouragement  of Accountable  Care 
Organizations (ACOs). ACOs will facilitate coordination and cooperation among providers to improve the quality of care for 
Medicare beneficiaries and reduce unnecessary costs. Participating ACOs that meet specified quality performance standards will 
be eligible to receive a share of any savings if the actual per capita expenditures of their assigned Medicare beneficiaries are a 
sufficient percentage below their specified benchmark amount. Quality performance standards will include measures in such 
categories as clinical processes and outcomes of care, patient experience and utilization of services. 

In addition, PPACA required HHS to develop a plan to implement a value-based purchasing program for Medicare payments 
to skilled nursing facilities.  HHS delivered a report to Congress outlining its plans for implementing this value-based purchasing 
program.  The value-based purchasing program would provide payment incentives for Medicare-participating skilled nursing 
facilities to improve the quality of care provided to Medicare beneficiaries.   Among the most relevant factors in HHS' plans to 
implement  value-based  purchasing  for  skilled  nursing  facilities  is  the  current  Nursing  Home  Value-Based  Purchasing 
Demonstration Project, which concluded in 2012.  HHS provided Congress with an outline of plans to implement a value-based 
purchasing program, and any permanent value-based purchasing program for skilled nursing facilities will be implemented after 
that evaluation.

We cannot predict what effect these changes will have on our business, including the demand for our services or the amount 
of reimbursement available for those services. However, it is possible these new laws may lower reimbursement and adversely 
affect our business. 

On June 28, 2012 the United States Supreme Court ruled that the enactment of PPACA did not violate the Constitution of 
the United States.  This ruling permits the implementation of most of the provisions of PPACA to proceed.  The provisions of 
PPACA discussed above are only examples of federal health reform provisions that we believe may have a material impact on the 
long-term care industry and on our business. However, the foregoing discussion is not intended to constitute, nor does it constitute, 
an exhaustive review and discussion of PPACA. It is possible that these and other provisions of PPACA may be interpreted, 
clarified, or applied to our facilities or operations in a way that could have a material adverse impact on the results of operations.

Increased competition for, or a shortage of, nurses and other skilled personnel could increase our staffing and labor costs 
and subject us to monetary fines. 

Our success depends upon our ability to retain and attract nurses, Certified Nurse Assistants (CNAs) and therapists. Our 
success also depends upon our ability to retain and attract skilled management personnel who are responsible for the day-to-day 
operations of each of our facilities. Each facility has a facility leader responsible for the overall day-to-day operations of the 
facility, including quality of care, social services and financial performance. Depending upon the size of the facility, each facility 
leader is supported by facility staff that is directly responsible for day-to-day care of the patients and marketing and community 
outreach programs. Other key positions supporting each facility may include individuals responsible for physical, occupational 
and speech therapy, food service and maintenance. We compete with various healthcare service providers, including other skilled 
nursing providers, in retaining and attracting qualified and skilled personnel. 

We operate one or more skilled nursing facilities in the states of Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Nebraska, 
Nevada, Texas, Utah and Washington. With the exception of Utah, which follows federal regulations, each of these states has 
established minimum staffing requirements for facilities operating in that state. Failure to comply with these requirements can, 
among other things, jeopardize a facility's compliance with the conditions of participation under relevant state and federal healthcare 
programs. In addition, if a facility is determined to be out of compliance with these requirements, it may be subject to a notice of 
deficiency, a citation, or a significant fine or litigation risk. Deficiencies (depending on the level) may also result in the suspension 
of patient admissions and/or the termination of Medicaid participation, or the suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of the skilled 
nursing facility's license. If the federal or state governments were to issue regulations which materially change the way compliance 
with the minimum staffing standard is calculated or enforced, our labor costs could increase and the current shortage of healthcare 
workers could impact us more significantly. 

Increased competition for or a shortage of nurses or other trained personnel, or general inflationary pressures may require 
that we enhance our pay and benefits packages to compete effectively for such personnel. We may not be able to offset such added 
costs by increasing the rates we charge to our patients. Turnover rates and the magnitude of the shortage of nurses or other trained 
personnel vary substantially from facility to facility. An increase in costs associated with, or a shortage of, skilled nurses, could 
negatively impact our business. In addition, if we fail to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel, our ability to conduct 
our business operations effectively would be harmed. 

26

 
We are subject to various government reviews, audits and investigations that could adversely affect our business, including 
an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us, potential criminal charges, the imposition of fines, and/or the loss of 
our right to participate in Medicare and Medicaid programs. 

As a result of our participation in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, we are subject to various governmental reviews, 
audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations.  We are also subject 
to audits under various government programs, including Recovery Audit Contractors (RAC), Zone Program Integrity Contractors 
(ZPIC), Program Safeguard Contractors (PSC) and Medicaid Integrity Contributors (MIC) programs, in which third party firms 
engaged by CMS conduct extensive reviews of claims data and medical and other records to identify potential improper payments 
under the Medicare programs. Private pay sources also reserve the right to conduct audits. We believe that billing and reimbursement 
errors and disagreements are common in our industry. We are regularly engaged in reviews, audits and appeals of our claims for 
reimbursement  due  to  the  subjectivities  inherent  in  the  process  related  to  patient  diagnosis  and  care,  record  keeping,  claims 
processing  and  other  aspects  of  the  patient  service  and  reimbursement  processes,  and  the  errors  and  disagreements  those 
subjectivities can produce. An adverse review, audit or investigation could result in: 

•  an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from private 

payors, in amounts that could be material to our business;

•  state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

• 

loss of our right to participate in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;

•  an increase in private litigation against us; and

•  damage to our reputation in various markets.

In 2004, one of our Medicare fiscal intermediaries began to conduct selected reviews of claims previously submitted by and 
paid to some of our facilities. While we have always been subject to post-payment audits and reviews, more intensive “probe 
reviews” appear to be a permanent procedure with our fiscal intermediary. Although some of these probe reviews identified patient 
miscoding, documentation deficiencies and other errors in our recordkeeping and Medicare billing, these errors resulted in no 
Medicare  revenue  recoupment,  net  of  appeal  recoveries,  to  the  federal  government  and  related  resident  copayments.   As  of 
December 31, 2013, we had one facility under probe review. 

If the government or court were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies constituted criminal violations, or were to 
conclude that such errors and deficiencies resulted in the submission of false claims to federal healthcare programs, or if it were 
to discover other problems in addition to the ones identified by the probe reviews that rose to actionable levels, we and certain of 
our officers might face potential criminal charges and/or civil claims, administrative sanctions and penalties for amounts that could 
be material to our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we and/or some of our key personnel could 
be temporarily or permanently excluded from future participation in state and federal healthcare reimbursement programs such 
as Medicaid and Medicare. In any event, it is likely that a governmental investigation alone, regardless of its outcome, would 
divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental 
impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings. 

In some cases, probe reviews can also result in a facility being temporarily placed on prepayment review of reimbursement 
claims, requiring additional documentation and adding steps and time to the reimbursement process for the affected facility. Failure 
to meet claim filing and documentation requirements during the prepayment review could subject a facility to an even more 
intensive “targeted review,” where a corrective action plan addressing perceived deficiencies must be prepared by the facility and 
approved by the fiscal intermediary. During a targeted review, additional claims are reviewed pre-payment to ensure that the 
prescribed corrective actions are being followed. Failure to make corrections or to otherwise meet the claim documentation and 
submission requirements could eventually result in Medicare decertification. None of our operations are currently on prepayment 
review, although some may be placed on prepayment review in the future. We have no operations that are currently undergoing 
targeted review. 

27

Public and government calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts toward long-term care facilities could result in 
increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies.  In addition, potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged 
regulatory deficiencies could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

CMS has undertaken several initiatives to increase or intensify Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, 
including federal oversight of state actions. CMS is taking steps to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with 
findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to identify multi-facility providers with 
patterns of noncompliance. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services has adopted a rule that requires CMS to 
charge user fees to healthcare facilities cited during regular certification, recertification or substantiated complaint surveys for 
deficiencies, which require a revisit to assure that corrections have been made. CMS is also increasing its oversight of state survey 
agencies and requiring state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat 
violations are identified, to investigate complaints more promptly, and to survey facilities more consistently. 

The intensified and evolving enforcement environment impacts providers like us because of the increase in the scope or 
number of inspections or surveys by governmental authorities and the severity of consequent citations for alleged failure to comply 
with  regulatory  requirements.  We  also  divert  personnel  resources  to  respond  to  federal  and  state  investigations  and  other 
enforcement actions. The diversion of these resources, including our management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others 
take away from the time and energy that these individuals could otherwise spend on routine operations. As noted, from time to 
time in the ordinary course of business, we receive deficiency reports from state and federal regulatory bodies resulting from such 
inspections or surveys. The focus of these deficiency reports tends to vary from year to year. Although most inspection deficiencies 
are resolved through an agreed-upon plan of corrective action, the reviewing agency typically has the authority to take further 
action against a licensed or certified facility, which could result in the imposition of fines, imposition of a provisional or conditional 
license, suspension or revocation of a license, suspension or denial of payment for new admissions, loss of certification as a 
provider under state or federal healthcare programs, or imposition of other sanctions, including criminal penalties. In the past, we 
have experienced inspection deficiencies that have resulted in the imposition of a provisional license and could experience these 
results in the future. We currently have no facilities operating under provisional licenses which were the result of inspection 
deficiencies. 

Furthermore, in some states, citations in one facility impact other facilities in the state. Revocation of a license at a given 
facility could therefore impair our ability to obtain new licenses or to renew existing licenses at other facilities, which may also 
trigger defaults or cross-defaults under our leases and our credit arrangements, or adversely affect our ability to operate or obtain 
financing in the future. If state or federal regulators were to determine, formally or otherwise, that one facility's regulatory history 
ought to impact another of our existing or prospective facilities, this could also increase costs, result in increased scrutiny by state 
and federal survey agencies, and even impact our expansion plans. Therefore, our failure to comply with applicable legal and 
regulatory requirements in any single facility could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations as a whole. 

When  a  facility  is  found  to  be  deficient  under  state  licensing  and  Medicaid  and  Medicare  standards,  sanctions  may  be 
threatened or imposed such as denial of payment for new Medicaid and Medicare admissions, civil monetary penalties, focused 
state and federal oversight and even loss of eligibility for Medicaid and Medicare participation or state licensure. Sanctions such 
as denial of payment for new admissions often are scheduled to go into effect before surveyors return to verify compliance. 
Generally, if the surveyors confirm that the facility is in compliance upon their return, the sanctions never take effect. However, 
if they determine that the facility is not in compliance, the denial of payment goes into effect retroactive to the date given in the 
original notice. This possibility sometimes leaves affected operators, including us, with the difficult task of deciding whether to 
continue accepting patients after the potential denial of payment date, thus risking the retroactive denial of revenue associated 
with those patients' care if the operators are later found to be out of compliance, or simply refusing admissions from the potential 
denial of payment date until the facility is actually found to be in compliance.  In the past, some of our facilities have been in 
denial of payment status due to findings of continued regulatory deficiencies, resulting in an actual loss of the revenue associated 
with the Medicare and Medicaid patients admitted after the denial of payment date. Additional sanctions could ensue and, if 
imposed,  these  sanctions,  entailing  various  remedies  up  to  and  including  decertification,  would  further  negatively  affect  our 
financial condition and results of operations.  From time to time, we have opted to voluntarily stop accepting new patients pending 
completion of a new state survey, in order to avoid possible denial of payment for new admissions during the deficiency cure 
period, or simply to avoid straining staff and other resources while retraining staff, upgrading operating systems or making other 
operational improvements.

28

 
Facilities  with  otherwise  acceptable  regulatory  histories  generally  are  given  an  opportunity  to  correct  deficiencies  and 
continue their participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs by a certain date, usually within nine months, although where 
denial  of  payment  remedies  are  asserted,  such  interim  remedies  go  into  effect  much  sooner.  Facilities  with  deficiencies  that 
immediately jeopardize patient health and safety and those that are classified as poor performing facilities, however, are not 
generally given an opportunity to correct their deficiencies prior to the imposition of remedies and other enforcement actions. 
Moreover, facilities with poor regulatory histories continue to be classified by CMS as poor performing facilities notwithstanding 
any intervening change in ownership, unless the new owner obtains a new Medicare provider agreement instead of assuming the 
facility's existing agreement. However, new owners (including us, historically) nearly always assume the existing Medicare provider 
agreement due to the difficulty and time delays generally associated with obtaining new Medicare certifications, especially in 
previously-certified locations with sub-par operating histories. Accordingly, facilities that have poor regulatory histories before 
we acquire them and that develop new deficiencies after we acquire them are more likely to have sanctions imposed upon them 
by CMS or state regulators. In addition, CMS has increased its focus on facilities with a history of serious quality of care problems 
through the special focus facility initiative. A facility's administrators and owners are notified when it is identified as a special 
focus facility. This information is also provided to the general public. The special focus facility designation is based in part on the 
facility's compliance history typically dating before our acquisition of the facility. Local state survey agencies recommend to CMS 
that facilities be placed on special focus status. A special focus facility receives heightened scrutiny and more frequent regulatory 
surveys. Failure to improve the quality of care can result in fines and termination from participation in Medicare and Medicaid.  
A facility “graduates” from the program once it demonstrates significant improvements in quality of care that are continued over 
time. 

We have received notices of potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies from time to time, 
and such sanctions have been imposed on some of our facilities.  We have had several facilities placed on special focus facility 
status, due largely or entirely to their respective regulatory histories prior to our acquisition of the operations, and have successfully 
graduated four facilities from the program to date.  CMS currently has not included any of our facilities on its special focus facilities 
listing, however, facilities may be identified for such status in the future.  

Annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid for outpatient therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary 
may reduce our future revenue and profitability or cause us to incur losses. 

Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has 
established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for rehabilitation 
therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Medicare Part B. The BBA requires a combined cap for physical 
therapy and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for occupational therapy. 

The DRA directs CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to therapy caps for certain medically necessary services 
provided on or after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy services are 
reimbursed under Medicare Part B. A significant portion of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by 
our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for the exceptions to these 
reimbursement caps. DRA added Sec. 1833(g)(5) of the Social Security Act and directed them to develop a process that allows 
exceptions for Medicare beneficiaries to therapy caps when continued therapy is deemed medically necessary. 

The therapy cap exception has been reauthorized in a number of subsequent laws, most recently in the Pathway for SGR 

Reform Act of 2014, which extends the cap and exception process through March 31, 2014.  That statute implements a two-
tiered exception process, with an automatic exception process and a manual medical review exception process.  The automatic 
exception process applies for patients who reach a $1,920 threshold.  The manual medical review exception process applies at 
the $3,700 threshold.  

In addition, the Multiple Procedure Payment Reduction (MPPR) was increased from a 25% to 50% reduction applied to 
therapy by reducing payments for practice expense of the second and subsequent therapies when therapies are provided on the 
same  day.    The  implementation  of  MPPR  includes  1)  facilities  that  provide  Medicare  Part  B  speech-language  pathology, 
occupational therapy, and physical therapy services and bill under the same provider number; and 2) providers in private practice, 
including speech-language pathologists, who perform and bill for multiple services in a single day.  The change from 25% of the 
practice expense to a 50% reduction went into effect for Medicare Part B services provided on or after April 1, 2013.

The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on our 
rehabilitation therapy revenue. Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may not be extended beyond March 31, 2014, which 
could also have an adverse effect on our revenue after that date. 

29

Our hospice operations are subject to annual Medicare caps calculated by Medicare. If such caps were to be exceeded by 
any of our hospice providers, our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could 
be materially adversely affected. 

With respect to our hospice operations, overall payments made by Medicare to each provider number are subject to an 
inpatient cap amount and an overall payment cap, which are calculated and published by the Medicare fiscal intermediary on an 
annual basis covering the period from November 1 through October 31. If payments received by any one of our hospice provider 
numbers exceeds either of these caps, we may be required to reimburse Medicare for payments received in excess of the caps, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows. 

We are subject to extensive and complex federal and state government laws and regulations which could change at any time 
and increase our cost of doing business and subject us to enforcement actions. 

We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and 

regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:

• 

facility and professional licensure, certificates of need, permits and other government approvals;

•  adequacy and quality of healthcare services;

•  qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;

•  quality of medical equipment;

•  confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and claims processing;

• 

relationships with physicians and other referral sources and recipients;

•  constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients and third-party payors;

•  operating policies and procedures;

•  certification of additional facilities by the Medicare program; and

•  payment for services.

The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, 
regulate how we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with patients and other healthcare providers. These laws 
and regulations are subject to frequent change. We believe that such regulations may increase in the future and we cannot predict 
the ultimate content, timing or impact on us of any healthcare reform legislation. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the 
enactment of new laws or regulations, could negatively impact our business. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws and 
regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties and other detrimental consequences, including denial of reimbursement, 
imposition of fines, temporary suspension of admission of new patients, suspension or decertification from the Medicaid and 
Medicare programs, restrictions on our ability to acquire new facilities or expand or operate existing facilities, the loss of our 
licenses to operate and the loss of our ability to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs. 

We are subject to federal and state laws, such as the federal False Claims Act, state false claims acts, the illegal remuneration 
provisions of the Social Security Act, the federal anti-kickback laws, state anti-kickback laws, and the federal “Stark” laws, that 
govern financial and other arrangements among healthcare providers, their owners, vendors and referral sources, and that are 
intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse. Among other things, these laws prohibit kickbacks, bribes and rebates, as well as 
other direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements that are designed to induce the referral of patients to a particular 
provider for medical products or services payable by any federal healthcare program, and prohibit presenting a false or misleading 
claim for payment under a federal or state program. They also prohibit some physician self-referrals. Possible sanctions for violation 
of any of these restrictions or prohibitions include loss of eligibility to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs 
and civil and criminal penalties. Changes in these laws could increase our cost of doing business. If we fail to comply, even 
inadvertently, with any of these requirements, we could be required to alter our operations, refund payments to the government, 
enter into corporate integrity, deferred prosecution or similar agreements with state or federal government agencies, and become 
subject to significant civil and criminal penalties.  For example, in April 2013, we announced that we reached a tentative settlement 
with  the  Department  of  Justice  (DOJ)  regarding  their  investigation  related  to  claims  submitted  to  the  Medicare  program  for 
rehabilitation services provided at skilled nursing facilities in Southern California.  As part of the settlement, we entered into a 
Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General-HHS. Failure to comply with the terms of the Corporate 

30

Integrity Agreement could result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and being excluded from government health care programs, 
which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In May 2009, Congress passed the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act (FERA) of 2009 which made significant changes 
to the federal False Claims Act (FCA), expanding the types of activities subject to prosecution and whistleblower liability. Following 
changes by FERA, health care providers face significant penalties for known retention of government overpayments, even if no 
false  claim  was  involved.  Health  care  providers  can  now  be  liable  for  knowingly  and  improperly  avoiding  or  decreasing  an 
obligation  to  pay  money  or  property  to  the  government.  This  includes  the  retention  of  any  government  overpayment.  The 
government can argue, therefore, that a FCA violation can occur without any affirmative fraudulent action or statement, as long 
as it is knowingly improper. In addition, FERA extended protections against retaliation for whistleblowers, including protections 
not only for employees, but also contractors and agents. Thus, there is no need for an employment relationship in order to qualify 
for protection against retaliation for whistleblowing. 

We  are  also  required  to  comply  with  state  and  federal  laws  governing  the  transmission,  privacy  and  security  of  health 
information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) requires us to comply with certain standards 
for the use of individually identifiable health information within our company, and the disclosure and electronic transmission of 
such information to third parties, such as payors, business associates and patients. These include standards for common electronic 
healthcare transactions and information, such as claim submission, plan eligibility determination, payment information submission 
and the use of electronic signatures; unique identifiers for providers, employers and health plans; and the security and privacy of 
individually identifiable health information. In addition, some states have enacted comparable or, in some cases, more stringent 
privacy and security laws. If we fail to comply with these state and federal laws, we could be subject to criminal penalties and 
civil sanctions and be forced to modify our policies and procedures. 

On  January  25,  2013  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  promulgated  new  HIPAA  privacy,  security,  and 
enforcement regulations, which increase significantly the penalties and enforcement practices of the Department regarding HIPAA 
violations.  In addition, any breach of individually identifiable health information can result in obligations under HIPAA and state 
laws to notify patients, federal and state agencies, and in some cases media outlets, regarding the breach incident.  Breach incidents 
and violations of HIPAA or state privacy and security laws could subject us to significant penalties, and could have a significant 
impact on our business.  The new HIPAA regulations are effective as of March 26, 2013, and compliance was required by September 
23, 2013.

Our failure to obtain or renew required regulatory approvals or licenses or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, 
the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our disqualification from participation in federal and state reimbursement programs, 
or  the  imposition  of  other  harsh  enforcement  sanctions  could  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business  and  expose  us  to  potential 
sanctions. Furthermore, if we were to lose licenses or certifications for any of our facilities as a result of regulatory action or 
otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding 
indebtedness and lease obligations.

Increased civil and criminal enforcement efforts of government agencies against skilled nursing facilities could harm our 
business, and could preclude us from participating in federal healthcare programs. 

Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part 
of  numerous  ongoing  investigations  of  healthcare  companies  and,  in  particular,  skilled  nursing  facilities. The  focus  of  these 
investigations includes, among other things:

•  cost reporting and billing practices;

•  quality of care;

• 

financial relationships with referral sources; and

•  medical necessity of services provided.

31

If any of our facilities is decertified or loses its licenses, our revenue, financial condition or results of operations would be 
adversely affected. In addition, the report of such issues at any of our facilities could harm our reputation for quality care and lead 
to a reduction in our patient referrals and ultimately a reduction in occupancy at these facilities. Also, responding to enforcement 
efforts would divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially 
detrimental impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings, regardless of whether we 
prevail on the underlying claim. 

Federal law provides that practitioners, providers and related persons may not participate in most federal healthcare programs, 
including the Medicaid and Medicare programs, if the individual or entity has been convicted of a criminal offense related to the 
delivery of a product or service under these programs or if the individual or entity has been convicted under state or federal law 
of a criminal offense relating to neglect or abuse of patients in connection with the delivery of a healthcare product or service. 
Other individuals or entities may be, but are not required to be, excluded from such programs under certain circumstances, including, 
but not limited to, the following: 

•  medical necessity of services provided;

•  conviction related to fraud;

•  conviction relating to obstruction of an investigation;

•  conviction relating to a controlled substance;

• 

licensure revocation or suspension;

•  exclusion or suspension from state or other federal healthcare programs;

• 

filing claims for excessive charges or unnecessary services or failure to furnish medically necessary services;

•  ownership or control of an entity by an individual who has been excluded from the Medicaid or Medicare programs, 
against whom a civil monetary penalty related to the Medicaid or Medicare programs has been assessed or who has been 
convicted of a criminal offense under federal healthcare programs; and

• 

the transfer of ownership or control interest in an entity to an immediate family or household member in anticipation of, 
or following, a conviction, assessment or exclusion from the Medicare or Medicaid programs.

The OIG, among other priorities, is responsible for identifying and eliminating fraud, abuse and waste in certain federal 
healthcare programs. The OIG has implemented a nationwide program of audits, inspections and investigations and from time to 
time issues “fraud alerts” to segments of the healthcare industry on particular practices that are vulnerable to abuse. The fraud 
alerts inform healthcare providers of potentially abusive practices or transactions that are subject to criminal activity and reportable 
to the OIG. An increasing level of resources has been devoted to the investigation of allegations of fraud and abuse in the Medicaid 
and Medicare programs, and federal and state regulatory authorities are taking an increasingly strict view of the requirements 
imposed on healthcare providers by the Social Security Act and Medicaid and Medicare programs. Although we have created a 
corporate compliance program that we believe is consistent with the OIG guidelines, the OIG may modify its guidelines or interpret 
its guidelines in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation or the OIG may ultimately determine that our corporate compliance 
program is insufficient. 

In some circumstances, if one facility is convicted of abusive or fraudulent behavior, then other facilities under common 
control or ownership may be decertified from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs. Federal regulations prohibit any 
corporation or facility from participating in federal contracts if it or its principals have been barred, suspended or declared ineligible 
from participating in federal contracts. In addition, some state regulations provide that all facilities under common control or 
ownership licensed within a state may be de-licensed if one or more of the facilities are de-licensed. If any of our facilities were 
decertified or excluded from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs, our revenue would be adversely affected. 

32

The Office of the Inspector General or other organizations may choose to more closely scrutinize the billing practices of for-
profit  skilled  nursing  facilities,  which  could  result  in  an  increase  in  regulatory  monitoring  and  oversight,  decreased 
reimbursement rates, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  December  2010,  the  OIG  released  a  report  entitled  “Questionable  Billing  by  Skilled  Nursing  Facilities.” The  report 
examined the billing practices of skilled nursing facilities based on Medicare Part A claims from 2006 to 2008 and found, among 
other things, that for-profit skilled nursing facilities were more likely to bill for higher paying therapy RUGs, particularly in the 
ultra high therapy categories, than government and not-for-profit operators. It also found that for-profit skilled nursing facilities 
showed a higher incidence of patients using RUGs with higher activities of daily living (ADL) scores, and had a “long” average 
length of stay among Part A beneficiaries, compared to their government and not-for-profit counterparts. The OIG recommended 
that CMS vigilantly monitor overall payments to skilled nursing facilities, adjust RUG rates annually, change the method for 
determining how much therapy is needed to ensure appropriate payments and conduct additional reviews for skilled nursing 
operators that exceed certain thresholds for higher paying therapy RUGs. CMS concurred with and agreed to take action on three 
of the four recommendations, declining only to change the methodology for assessing a patient's therapy needs.  The OIG issued 
a separate memorandum to CMS listing 384 specific facilities that the OIG had identified as being in the top one percent for use 
of ultra high therapy, RUGs with high ADL scores, or “long” average lengths of stay, and CMS agreed to forward the list to the 
appropriate  fiscal  intermediaries  or  other  contractors  for  follow  up. Although  we  believe  our  therapy  assessment  and  billing 
practices  are  consistent  with  applicable  law  and  CMS  requirements,  we  cannot  predict  the  extent  to  which  the  OIG's 
recommendations to CMS will be implemented and, what effect, if any, such proposals would have on us.  Two of our facilities 
have been listed on the report. Our business model, like those of some other for-profit operators, is based in part on seeking out 
higher-acuity patients whom we believe are generally more profitable, and over time our overall patient mix has consistently 
shifted to higher-acuity and higher-RUGs patients in most facilities we operate. We also use specialized care-delivery software 
that assists our caregivers in more accurately capturing and recording ADL services in order to, among other things, increase 
reimbursement to levels appropriate for the care actually delivered. These efforts may place us under greater scrutiny with the 
OIG, CMS, our fiscal intermediaries, recovery audit contractors and others, as well as other government agencies, unions, advocacy 
groups and others who seek to pursue their own mandates and agendas. Efforts by officials and others to make or advocate for 
any increase in regulatory monitoring and oversight, adversely change RUG rates, revise methodologies for assessing and treating 
patients, or conduct more frequent or intense reviews of our treatment and billing practices, could reduce our reimbursement, 
increase our costs of doing business and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

State efforts to regulate or deregulate the healthcare services industry or the construction or expansion of healthcare facilities 
could impair our ability to expand our operations, or could result in increased competition. 

Some states require healthcare providers, including skilled nursing facilities, to obtain prior approval, known as a certificate 

of need, for: 

• 

the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare facilities;

•  capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount; or

•  changes in services or bed capacity.

In addition, other states that do not require certificates of need have effectively barred the expansion of existing facilities 
and the development of new ones by placing partial or complete moratoria on the number of new Medicaid beds they will certify 
in certain areas or in the entire state. Other states have established such stringent development standards and approval procedures 
for constructing new healthcare facilities that the construction of new facilities, or the expansion or renovation of existing facilities, 
may become cost-prohibitive or extremely time-consuming. Our ability to acquire or construct new facilities or expand or provide 
new services at existing facilities would be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals, if there are 
changes in the standards applicable to those approvals, or if we experience delays and increased expenses associated with obtaining 
those approvals. We may not be able to obtain licensure, certificate of need approval, Medicaid certification, or other necessary 
approvals for future expansion projects. Conversely, the elimination or reduction of state regulations that limit the construction, 
expansion or renovation of new or existing facilities could result in increased competition to us or result in overbuilding of facilities 
in some of our markets. If overbuilding in the skilled nursing industry in the markets in which we operate were to occur, it could 
reduce the occupancy rates of existing facilities and, in some cases, might reduce the private rates that we charge for our services. 

33

Changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business. 

Our operations are subject to a variety of federal and state employment-related laws and regulations, including, but not 
limited  to,  the  U.S.  Fair  Labor  Standards Act  which  governs  such  matters  as  minimum  wages,  overtime  and  other  working 
conditions, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and similar state laws that provide civil rights protections to individuals 
with  disabilities  in  the  context  of  employment,  public  accommodations  and  other  areas,  the  National  Labor  Relations Act, 
regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), regulations of the Office of Civil Rights, regulations of 
state Attorneys General, family leave mandates and a variety of similar laws enacted by the federal and state governments that 
govern these and other employment law matters. Because labor represents such a large portion of our operating costs, changes in 
federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business. 

The compliance costs associated with these laws and evolving regulations could be substantial. For example, all of our 
facilities are required to comply with the ADA. The ADA has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” 
and “commercial properties,” but generally requires that buildings be made accessible to people with disabilities. Compliance 
with ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and non-compliance could result in imposition of government 
fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Further legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect 
to access by disabled persons. In addition, federal proposals to introduce a system of mandated health insurance and flexible work 
time and other similar initiatives could, if implemented, adversely affect our operations. We also may be subject to employee-
related claims such as wrongful discharge, discrimination or violation of equal employment law. While we are insured for these 
types of claims, we could experience damages that are not covered by our insurance policies or that exceed our insurance limits, 
and we may be required to pay such damages directly, which would negatively impact our cash flow from operations. 

Compliance with federal and state fair housing, fire, safety and other regulations may require us to make unanticipated 
expenditures, which could be costly to us. 

We must comply with the federal Fair Housing Act and similar state laws, which prohibit us from discriminating against 
individuals if it would cause such individuals to face barriers in gaining residency in any of our facilities. Additionally, the Fair 
Housing Act and other similar state laws require that we advertise our services in such a way that we promote diversity and not 
limit it. We may be required, among other things, to change our marketing techniques to comply with these requirements. 

In addition, we are required to operate our facilities in compliance with applicable fire and safety regulations, building codes 
and other land use regulations and food licensing or certification requirements as they may be adopted by governmental agencies 
and bodies from time to time. Like other healthcare facilities, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to periodic surveys or 
inspections by governmental authorities to assess and assure compliance with regulatory requirements. Surveys occur on a regular 
(often annual or biannual) schedule, and special surveys may result from a specific complaint filed by a patient, a family member 
or one of our competitors. We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to comply with these requirements.

We  depend  largely  upon  reimbursement  from  third-party  payors,  and  our  revenue,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations could be negatively impacted by any changes in the acuity mix of patients in our facilities as well as payor mix 
and payment methodologies. 

Our revenue is affected by the percentage of our patients who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, 
whom we refer to as high acuity patients, and by our mix of payment sources. Changes in the acuity level of patients we attract, 
as  well  as  our  payor  mix  among  Medicaid,  Medicare,  private  payors  and  managed  care  companies,  significantly  affect  our 
profitability because we generally receive higher reimbursement rates for high acuity patients and because the payors reimburse 
us at different rates. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 72.2% of our revenue was provided by government payors that 
reimburse us at predetermined rates. If our labor or other operating costs increase, we will be unable to recover such increased 
costs from government payors. Accordingly, if we fail to maintain our proportion of high acuity patients or if there is any significant 
increase in the percentage of our patients for whom we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs may adversely affect our 
business. Among other initiatives, these payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to 
obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursements for healthcare services. 
If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for 
services, we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. 

34

 
Compliance with state and federal employment, immigration, licensing and other laws could increase our cost of doing 
business. 

We have hired personnel, including skilled nurses and therapists, from outside the United States. If immigration laws are 
changed, or if new and more restrictive government regulations proposed by the Department of Homeland Security are enacted, 
our access to qualified and skilled personnel may be limited. 

We operate in at least one state that requires us to verify employment eligibility using procedures and standards that exceed 
those required under federal Form I-9 and the statutes and regulations related thereto. Proposed federal regulations would extend 
similar requirements to all of the states in which our facilities operate. To the extent that such proposed regulations or similar 
measures become effective, and we are required by state or federal authorities to verify work authorization or legal residence for 
current and prospective employees beyond existing Form I-9 requirements and other statutes and regulations currently in effect, 
it may make it more difficult for us to recruit, hire and/or retain qualified employees, may increase our risk of non-compliance 
with state and federal employment, immigration, licensing and other laws and regulations and could increase our cost of doing 
business. 

We are subject to litigation that could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards. 

The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of our patients and residents and 
the services we provide. We and others in our industry are subject to a large and increasing number of claims and lawsuits, including 
professional liability claims, alleging that our services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related 
claims. The defense of these lawsuits has in the past, and may in the future, result in significant legal costs, regardless of the 
outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards. Plaintiffs tend to sue every healthcare provider who may 
have been involved in the patient's care and, accordingly, we respond to multiple lawsuits and claims every year. 

In addition, plaintiffs' attorneys have become increasingly more aggressive in their pursuit of claims against healthcare 
providers, including skilled nursing providers and other long-term care companies, and have employed a wide variety of advertising 
and publicity strategies. Among other things, these strategies include establishing their own Internet websites, paying for premium 
advertising space on other websites, paying Internet search engines to optimize their plaintiff solicitation advertising so that it 
appears in advantageous positions on Internet search results, including results from searches for our company and facilities, using 
newspaper, magazine and television ads targeted at customers of the healthcare industry generally, as well as at customers of 
specific providers, including us. From time to time, law firms claiming to specialize in long-term care litigation have named us, 
our facilities and other specific healthcare providers and facilities in their advertising and solicitation materials. These advertising 
and solicitation activities could result in more claims and litigation, which could increase our liability exposure and legal expenses, 
divert the time and attention of our personnel from day-to-day business operations, and materially and adversely affect our financial 
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, to the extent the frequency and/or severity of losses from such claims and suits 
increases, our liability insurance premiums could increase and/or available insurance coverage levels could decline, which could 
materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

Healthcare litigation (including class action litigation) is common and is filed based upon a wide variety of claims and 
theories, and we are routinely subjected to varying types of claims.  One particular type of suit arises from alleged violations of 
state-established minimum staffing requirements for skilled nursing facilities.  Failure to meet these requirements can, among 
other things, jeopardize a facility's compliance with conditions of participation under certain state and federal healthcare programs; 
it may also subject the facility to a notice of deficiency, a citation, civil monetary penalty, or litigation.  These class-action “staffing” 
suits have the potential to result in large jury verdicts and settlements, and have become more prevalent in the wake of a previous 
substantial jury award against one of the Company's competitors.  The Company expects the plaintiff's bar to become increasingly 
aggressive in their pursuit of these staffing and similar claims.  

A class action staffing suit was previously filed against the Company in the State of California, alleging, among other things, 
violations of certain Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of the 
Company's California facilities. In 2007, the Company settled this class action suit, and the settlement was approved by the affected 
class and the Court.  The Company has been defending a second such staffing class-action claim filed in Los Angeles Superior 
Court; however, a settlement was reached with class counsel and has received Court approval.  The total costs associated with the 
settlement, including attorney's fees, estimated class payout, and related costs and expenses, are projected to be approximately 
$6.5 million, of which, approximately $1.5 million of this amount was recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, with 
the balance having been expensed in prior periods.  We believe that the settlement will not have a material ongoing adverse effect 
on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

35

Other claims and suits, including class actions, continue to be filed against us and other companies in our industry.  For 
example, there has been an increase in the number of wage and hour class action claims filed in several of the jurisdictions where 
we are present. Allegations typically include claimed failures to permit or properly compensate for meal and rest periods, or failure 
to pay for time worked.  If there were a significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing should 
plaintiffs be successful in their prosecution of these claims, this could have a material adverse effect to our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we contract with a variety of landlords, lenders, vendors, suppliers, 
consultants and other individuals and businesses. These contracts typically contain covenants and default provisions. If the other 
party to one or more of our contracts were to allege that we have violated the contract terms, we could be subject to civil liabilities 
which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  

Were litigation to be instituted against one or more of our subsidiaries, a successful plaintiff might attempt to hold us or 
another subsidiary liable for the alleged wrongdoing of the subsidiary principally targeted by the litigation. If a court in such 
litigation decided to disregard the corporate form, the resulting judgment could increase our liability and adversely affect our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

On February 26, 2009, Congress reintroduced the Fairness in Nursing Home Arbitration Act of 2009. After failing to be 
enacted into law in the 110th Congress in 2008, the Fairness in Nursing Home Arbitration Act of 2009 was introduced in the 111th 
Congress and referred to the House and Senate judiciary committees in March 2009. The 111th Congress did not pass the bill and 
therefore has been cleared from the present agenda. This bill was reintroduced in the 112th Congress as the Fairness in Nursing 
Home Arbitration Act of 2012, and was referred to the House Judiciary committee. If enacted, this bill would require, among other 
things, that agreements to arbitrate nursing home disputes be made after the dispute has arisen rather than before prospective 
residents move in, to prevent nursing home operators and prospective residents from mutually entering into a pre-admission pre-
dispute arbitration agreement. We use arbitration agreements, which have generally been favored by the courts, to streamline the 
dispute resolution process and reduce our exposure to legal fees and excessive jury awards. If we are not able to secure pre-
admission arbitration agreements, our litigation exposure and costs of defense in patient liability actions could increase, our liability 
insurance premiums could increase, and our business may be adversely affected. 

The U.S. Department of Justice has conducted an investigation into the billing and reimbursement processes of some of our 
operating subsidiaries, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. 

In  October  2013,  we  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement  (the  Settlement Agreement)  with  the  DOJ  pertaining    to  an 
investigation of certain of our operating subsidiaries.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, we made a single lump-sum remittance 
to the government in the amount of $48.0 million in October 2013.  We have denied engaging in any illegal conduct, and have 
agreed to the settlement amount without any admission of wrongdoing in order to resolve the allegations and to avoid the uncertainty 
and expense of protracted litigation.

In connection with the settlement and effective as of October 1, 2013, we entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement 
with the Office of Inspector General-HHS (the CIA).  The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program, 
and requires that we continue during the term of the CIA to maintain a compliance program designed to promote compliance with 
the statutes, regulations, and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other Federal health care programs. We are also 
required to maintain several elements of our existing program during the term of the CIA, including maintaining a compliance 
officer, a compliance committee of the board of directors, and a code of conduct.  The CIA requires that we conduct certain 
additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including various training and monitoring procedures, and 
maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations.  Pursuant to the CIA, we are required to notify the Office of Inspector 
General-HHS in writing, of, among other things: (i) any ongoing government investigation or legal proceeding involving an 
allegation that we have committed a crime or have engaged in fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person 
would  consider  a  probable  violation  of  applicable  criminal,  civil,  or  administrative  laws  related  to  compliance  with  federal 
healthcare programs; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location 
related to items or services that may be reimbursed by Federal health care programs. We are also subject to periodic reporting and 
certification requirements attesting that the provisions of the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document 
and record retention mandates.

Our participation in federal healthcare programs is not affected by the Settlement Agreement or the CIA. In the event of an 
uncured material breach of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to 
prosecution.

36

If any additional litigation were to proceed in the future, and we are subjected to, alleged to be liable for, or agree to a 
settlement of, claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal 
statutes and related regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows could be materially and 
adversely affected and our stock price could be adversely impacted.  Among other things, any settlement or litigation could involve 
the payment of substantial sums to settle any alleged civil violations, and may also include our assumption of specific procedural 
and financial obligations going forward under a corporate integrity agreement and/or other arrangement with the government.

We  conduct  regular  internal  investigations  into  the  care  delivery,  recordkeeping  and  billing  processes  of  our  operating 
subsidiaries. These reviews sometimes detect instances of noncompliance which we attempt to correct, which can decrease 
our revenue. 

As an operator of healthcare facilities, we have a program to help us comply with various requirements of federal and private 
healthcare programs.  Our compliance program includes, among other things, (1) policies and procedures modeled after applicable 
laws, regulations, government manuals and industry practices and customs that govern the clinical, reimbursement and operational 
aspects of our subsidiaries, (2) training about our compliance process for all of our employees, directors and officers, and training 
about  Medicare  and  Medicaid  laws,  fraud  and  abuse  prevention,  clinical  standards  and  practices,  and  claim  submission  and 
reimbursement policies and procedures for appropriate employees, and (3) internal controls that monitor, for example, the accuracy 
of claims, reimbursement submissions, cost reports and source documents, provision of patient care, services, and supplies as 
required by applicable standards and laws, accuracy of clinical assessment and treatment documentation, and implementation of 
judicial and regulatory requirements (i.e., background checks, licensing and training).

From  time  to  time  our  systems  and  controls  highlight  potential  compliance  issues,  which  we  investigate  as  they  arise. 
Historically, we have, and would continue to do so in the future, initiated internal inquiries into possible recordkeeping and related 
irregularities at our skilled nursing facilities, which were detected by our internal compliance team in the course of its ongoing 
reviews. 

Through these internal inquiries, we have identified potential deficiencies in the assessment of and recordkeeping for small 
subsets  of  patients. We  have  also  identified  and,  at  the  conclusion  of  such  investigations,  assisted  in  implementing,  targeted 
improvements in the assessment and recordkeeping practices to make them consistent with the existing standards and policies 
applicable to our skilled nursing facilities in these areas.  We continue to monitor the measures implemented for effectiveness, 
and perform follow-up reviews to ensure compliance.  Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any 
charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. 

If  additional  reviews  result  in  identification  and  quantification  of  additional  amounts  to  be  refunded,  we  would  accrue 
additional liabilities for claim costs and interest, and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately 
result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require us to record significant additional 
provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected 
and our stock price could decline.

We may be unable to complete future facility or business acquisitions at attractive prices or at all, which may adversely affect 
our revenue; we may also elect to dispose of underperforming or non-strategic operations, which would also decrease our 
revenue. 

To date, our revenue growth has been significantly driven by our acquisition of new facilities and businesses. Subject to 
general market conditions and the availability of essential resources and leadership within our company, we continue to seek both 
single-and multi-facility acquisition and business acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our geographic, financial and 
operating objectives. 

We face competition for the acquisition of facilities and businesses and expect this competition to increase. Based upon 
factors  such  as  our  ability  to  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  the  purchase  price  of  the  facilities,  prevailing  market 
conditions, the availability of leadership to manage new facilities and our own willingness to take on new operations, the rate at 
which we have historically acquired facilities has fluctuated significantly. In the future, we anticipate the rate at which we may 
acquire facilities will continue to fluctuate, which may affect our revenue. 

We have also historically acquired a few facilities, either because they were included in larger, indivisible groups of facilities 
or under other circumstances, which were or have proven to be non-strategic or less desirable, and we may consider disposing of 
such facilities or exchanging them for facilities which are more desirable. To the extent we dispose of such a facility without 
simultaneously acquiring a facility in exchange, our revenues might decrease. 

37

We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired facilities and businesses into our operations, and we may not achieve 
the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions. 

We may not be able to successfully or efficiently integrate new acquisitions with our existing operations, culture and systems. 
The process of integrating acquired facilities into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, divert 
management's attention from existing operations, or require an unexpected commitment of staff and financial resources, and may 
ultimately be unsuccessful. Existing facilities available for acquisition frequently serve or target different markets than those that 
we currently serve. We also may determine that renovations of acquired facilities and changes in staff and operating management 
personnel are necessary to successfully integrate those facilities into our existing operations. We may not be able to recover the 
costs incurred to reposition or renovate newly acquired facilities. The financial benefits we expect to realize from many of our 
acquisitions are largely dependent upon our ability to improve clinical performance, overcome regulatory deficiencies, rehabilitate 
or improve the reputation of the facilities in the community, increase and maintain occupancy, control costs, and in some cases 
change the patient acuity mix. If we are unable to accomplish any of these objectives at facilities we acquire, we will not realize 
the anticipated benefits and we may experience lower than anticipated profits, or even losses. 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we acquired seven stand-alone skilled nursing facilities, three stand-alone assisted 
living facilities, three home health operations, three hospice operations and one urgent care center with a total of 652 operational 
skilled nursing beds and 281 operational assisted living units.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, we acquired six facilities 
and three businesses with a total of 441 operational beds.  This growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands 
on our current management resources. Our ability to manage our growth effectively and to successfully integrate new acquisitions 
into our existing business will require us to continue to expand our operational, financial and management information systems 
and to continue to retain, attract, train, motivate and manage key employees, including facility-level leaders and our local directors 
of nursing. We may not be successful in attracting qualified individuals necessary for future acquisitions to be successful, and our 
management team may expend significant time and energy working to attract qualified personnel to manage facilities we may 
acquire in the future. Also, the newly acquired facilities may require us to spend significant time improving services that have 
historically been substandard, and if we are unable to improve such facilities quickly enough, we may be subject to litigation and/
or loss of licensure or certification. If we are not able to successfully overcome these and other integration challenges, we may 
not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions, and our business may suffer. 

In undertaking acquisitions, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities and regulatory issues that may adversely affect 
our operations. 

In undertaking acquisitions, we also may be adversely impacted by unforeseen liabilities attributable to the prior providers 
who operated those facilities, against whom we may have little or no recourse. Many facilities we have historically acquired were 
underperforming financially and had clinical and regulatory issues prior to and at the time of acquisition. Even where we have 
improved operations and patient care at facilities that we have acquired, we still may face post-acquisition regulatory issues related 
to  pre-acquisition  events.  These  may  include,  without  limitation,  payment  recoupment  related  to  our  predecessors'  prior 
noncompliance, the imposition of fines, penalties, operational restrictions or special regulatory status. Further, we may incur post-
acquisition compliance risk due to the difficulty or impossibility of immediately or quickly bringing non-compliant facilities into 
full compliance. Diligence materials pertaining to acquisition targets, especially the underperforming facilities that often represent 
the greatest opportunity for return, are often inadequate, inaccurate or impossible to obtain, sometimes requiring us to make 
acquisition decisions with incomplete information. Despite our due diligence procedures, facilities that we have acquired or may 
acquire in the future may generate unexpectedly low returns, may cause us to incur substantial losses, may require unexpected 
levels of management time, expenditures or other resources, or may otherwise not meet a risk profile that our investors find 
acceptable. For example, in July of 2006 we acquired a facility that had a history of intermittent noncompliance. Although the 
facility had already been surveyed once by the local state survey agency after being acquired by us, and that survey would have 
met the heightened requirements of the special focus facility program, based upon the facility's compliance history prior to our 
acquisition, in January 2008, state officials nevertheless recommended to CMS that the facility be placed on special focus facility 
status. In addition, in October of 2006, we acquired a facility which had a history of intermittent non-compliance. This facility 
was surveyed by the local state survey agency during the third quarter of 2008 and passed the heightened survey requirements of 
the special focus facility program. Both facilities have successfully graduated from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services' 
Special Focus program. We currently have no facilities on special focus facility status. 

38

In addition, we might encounter unanticipated difficulties and expenditures relating to any of the acquired facilities, including 
contingent liabilities. For example, when we acquire a facility, we generally assume the facility's existing Medicare provider 
number for purposes of billing Medicare for services. If CMS later determined that the prior owner of the facility had received 
overpayments from Medicare for the period of time during which it operated the facility, or had incurred fines in connection with 
the operation of the facility, CMS could hold us liable for repayment of the overpayments or fines. If the prior operator is defunct 
or otherwise unable to reimburse us, we may be unable to recover these funds. We may be unable to improve every facility that 
we acquire. In addition, operation of these facilities may divert management time and attention from other operations and priorities, 
negatively  impact  cash  flows,  result  in  adverse  or  unanticipated  accounting  charges,  or  otherwise  damage  other  areas  of  our 
company if they are not timely and adequately improved. 

We also incur regulatory risk in acquiring certain facilities due to the licensing, certification and other regulatory requirements 
affecting our right to operate the acquired facilities. For example, in order to acquire facilities on a predictable schedule, or to 
acquire declining operations quickly to prevent further pre-acquisition declines, we frequently acquire such facilities prior to 
receiving license approval or provider certification. We operate such facilities as the interim manager for the outgoing licensee, 
assuming financial responsibility, among other obligations for the facility. To the extent that we may be unable or delayed in 
obtaining a license, we may need to operate the facility under a management agreement from the prior operator. Any inability in 
obtaining consent from the prior operator of a target acquisition to utilizing its license in this manner could impact our ability to 
acquire additional facilities. If we were subsequently denied licensure or certification for any reason, we might not realize the 
expected benefits of the acquisition and would likely incur unanticipated costs and other challenges which could cause our business 
to suffer. 

Termination of our patient admission agreements and the resulting vacancies in our facilities could cause revenue at our 
facilities to decline. 

Most state regulations governing skilled nursing and assisted living facilities require written patient admission agreements 
with each patient. Several of these regulations also require that each patient have the right to terminate the patient agreement for 
any reason and without prior notice. Consistent with these regulations, all of our skilled nursing patient agreements allow patients 
to terminate their agreements without notice, and all of our assisted living resident agreements allow residents to terminate their 
agreements upon thirty days' notice. Patients and residents terminate their agreements from time to time for a variety of reasons, 
causing some fluctuations in our overall occupancy as patients and residents are admitted and discharged in normal course. If an 
unusual number of patients or residents elected to terminate their agreements within a short time, occupancy levels at our facilities 
could decline. As a result, beds may be unoccupied for a period of time, which would have a negative impact on our revenue, 
financial condition and results of operations.

We face significant competition from other healthcare providers and may not be successful in attracting patients and residents 
to our facilities. 

The skilled nursing, assisted living, home health and hospice fields are highly competitive, and we expect that these fields 
may become increasingly competitive in the future. Our skilled nursing facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis 
with many long-term care providers, from national and regional multi-facility providers that have substantially greater financial 
resources to small providers who operate a single nursing facility. We also compete with other skilled nursing and assisted living 
facilities, and with inpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, home healthcare and other similar services 
and care alternatives. Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, attract and retain skilled personnel, 
maintain or increase private pay and managed care rates or expand our business. 

We may not be successful in attracting patients to our operations, particularly Medicare, managed care, and private pay 
patients who generally come to us at higher reimbursement rates. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources 
than us, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing 
companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we do and may thereby attract current or potential 
patients. Other competitors may have lower expenses or other competitive advantages, and, therefore, present significant price 
competition for managed care and private pay patients. In addition, some of our competitors operate on a not-for-profit basis or 
as charitable organizations and have the ability to finance capital expenditures on a tax-exempt basis or through the receipt of 
charitable contributions, neither of which are available to us. 

39

If we do not achieve and maintain competitive quality of care ratings from CMS and private organizations engaged in similar 
monitoring activities, or if the frequency of CMS surveys and enforcement sanctions increases, our business may be negatively 
affected. 

CMS, as well as certain private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, provides comparative data available 
to the public on its web site, rating every skilled nursing facility operating in each state based upon quality-of-care indicators. 
These quality-of-care indicators include such measures as percentages of patients with infections, bedsores and unplanned weight 
loss. In addition, CMS has undertaken an initiative to increase Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, to focus 
more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare 
standards, and to require state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat 
violations are identified.  We have found a correlation between negative Medicaid and Medicare surveys and the incidence of 
professional liability litigation. From time to time, we experience a higher than normal number of negative survey findings in 
some of our facilities. 

In December 2008, CMS introduced the Five-Star Quality Rating System to help consumers, their families and caregivers 
compare nursing homes more easily. The Five-Star Quality Rating System gives each nursing home a rating of between one and 
five stars in various categories. In cases of acquisitions, the previous operator's clinical ratings are included in our overall Five-
Star Quality Rating. The prior operator's results will impact our rating until we have sufficient clinical measurements subsequent 
to the acquisition date. If we are unable to achieve quality of care ratings that are comparable or superior to those of our competitors, 
our ability to attract and retain patients could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely 
affected. 

It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain coverage for resident care liabilities and other risks, including 
property and casualty insurance. For example, the following circumstances may adversely affect our ability to obtain insurance 
at favorable rates: 

•  we experience higher-than-expected professional liability, property and casualty, or other types of claims or losses;

•  we receive survey deficiencies or citations of higher-than-normal scope or severity;

•  we acquire especially troubled operations or facilities that present unattractive risks to current or prospective insurers;

• 

insurers tighten underwriting standards applicable to us or our industry; or

• 

insurers or reinsurers are unable or unwilling to insure us or the industry at historical premiums and coverage levels.

If any of these potential circumstances were to occur, our insurance carriers may require us to significantly increase our self-
insured retention levels or pay substantially higher premiums for the same or reduced coverage for insurance, including workers 
compensation,  property  and  casualty,  automobile,  employment  practices  liability,  directors  and  officers  liability,  employee 
healthcare and general and professional liability coverages.

In some states, the law prohibits or limits insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional 
liability and general liability claims or litigation. Coverage for punitive damages is also excluded under some insurance policies. 
As a result, we may be liable for punitive damage awards in these states that either are not covered or are in excess of our insurance 
policy limits. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, also could inhibit our ability to attract patients or 
expand our business, and could require our management to devote time to matters unrelated to the day-to-day operation of our 
business. 

With few exceptions, workers' compensation and employee health insurance costs have also increased markedly in recent 
years. To partially offset these increases, we have increased the amounts of our self-insured retention (SIR) and deductibles in 
connection  with  general  and  professional  liability  claims.  We  also  have  implemented  a  self-insurance  program  for  workers 
compensation in California, and elected non-subscriber status for workers' compensation in Texas. If we are unable to obtain 
insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, or if the coverage levels we can economically obtain decline, our 
business may be adversely affected. 

40

 
Our self-insurance programs may expose us to significant and unexpected costs and losses. 

We have maintained general and professional liability insurance since 2002 and workers' compensation insurance since 2005 
through a wholly-owned subsidiary insurance company, Standardbearer Insurance Company, Ltd. (Standardbearer), to insure our 
SIR and deductibles as part of a continually evolving overall risk management strategy. We establish the insurance loss reserves 
based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. The estimation 
process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring 
and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, along with an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate 
claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the 
estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected 
costs to settle or pay damages with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed our 
estimates of loss. We may also experience an unexpectedly large number of successful claims or claims that result in costs or 
liability significantly in excess of our projections. For these and other reasons, our self-insurance reserves could prove to be 
inadequate, resulting in liabilities in excess of our available insurance and self-insurance. If a successful claim is made against us 
and it is not covered by our insurance or exceeds the insurance policy limits, our business may be negatively and materially 
impacted. 

Further, because our SIR under our general and professional liability and workers compensation programs applies on a per 
claim basis, there is no limit to the maximum number of claims or the total amount for which we could incur liability in any policy 
period. 

In May 2006, we began self-insuring our employee health benefits. With respect to our health benefits self-insurance, our 
reserves and premiums are computed based on a mix of company specific and general industry data that is not specific to our own 
company. Even with a combination of limited company-specific loss data and general industry data, our loss reserves are based 
on actuarial estimates that may not correlate to actual loss experience in the future. Therefore, our reserves may prove to be 
insufficient and we may be exposed to significant and unexpected losses.

The geographic concentration of our facilities could leave us vulnerable to an economic downturn, regulatory changes or 
acts of nature in those areas. 

Our facilities located in California, Texas and Arizona account for the majority of our total revenue. As a result of this 
concentration, the conditions of local economies, changes in governmental rules, regulations and reimbursement rates or criteria, 
changes  in  demographics,  state  funding,  acts  of  nature  and  other  factors  that  may  result  in  a  decrease  in  demand  and/or 
reimbursement for skilled nursing services in these states could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our revenue, costs and 
results of operations. Moreover, since approximately 30% of our facilities are located in California, we are particularly susceptible 
to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by natural disasters such as fires, earthquakes or mudslides. 

In addition, our facilities in Texas, Nebraska and Iowa are more susceptible to revenue loss, cost increases or damage caused 
by natural disasters including hurricanes, tornadoes and flooding.  These acts of nature may cause disruption to us, our employees 
and our facilities, which could have an adverse impact on our patients and our business. In order to provide care for our patients, 
we are dependent on consistent and reliable delivery of food, pharmaceuticals, utilities and other goods to our facilities, and the 
availability of employees to provide services at our facilities. If the delivery of goods or the ability of employees to reach our 
facilities were interrupted in any material respect due to a natural disaster or other reasons, it would have a significant impact on 
our facilities and our business.  Furthermore, the impact, or impending threat, of a natural disaster may require that we evacuate 
one or more facilities, which would be costly and would involve risks, including potentially fatal risks, for the patients. The impact 
of disasters and similar events is inherently uncertain. Such events could harm our patients and employees, severely damage or 
destroy one or more of our facilities, harm our business, reputation and financial performance, or otherwise cause our business to 
suffer in ways that we currently cannot predict. 

The actions of a national labor union that has pursued a negative publicity campaign criticizing our business in the past 
may adversely affect our revenue and our profitability. 

We continue to maintain our right to inform our employees about our views of the potential impact of unionization upon the 
workplace generally and upon individual employees. With one exception, to our knowledge the staffs at our facilities that have 
been approached to unionize have uniformly rejected union organizing efforts. If employees decide to unionize, our cost of doing 
business could increase, and we could experience contract delays, difficulty in adapting to a changing regulatory and economic 
environment, cultural conflicts between unionized and non-unionized employees, strikes and work stoppages, and we may conclude 
that affected facilities or operations would be uneconomical to continue operating. 

41

The unwillingness on the part of both our management and staff to accede to union demands for “neutrality” and other 
concessions has resulted in a negative labor campaign by at least one labor union, the Service Employees International Union. 
From 2002 to 2007, this union, and individuals and organizations allied with or sympathetic to this union actively prosecuted a 
negative retaliatory publicity action, also known as a “corporate campaign,” against us and filed, promoted or participated in 
multiple legal actions against us. The union's campaign asserted, among other allegations, poor treatment of patients, inferior 
medical services provided by our employees, poor treatment of our employees, and health code violations by us. In addition, the 
union has publicly mischaracterized actions taken by the DHS against us and our facilities. In numerous cases, the union's allegations 
created the false impression that violations and other events that occurred at facilities prior to our acquisition of those facilities 
were caused by us. Since a large component of our business involves acquiring underperforming and distressed facilities, and 
improving the quality of operations at these facilities, we may have been associated with the past poor performance of these 
facilities. To the extent this union or another elects to directly or indirectly prosecute a corporate campaign against us or any of 
our facilities, our business could be negatively affected. 

The Service Employees International Union has issued in the past, and may again issue in the future, public statements 
alleging that we or other for-profit skilled nursing operators have engaged in unfair, questionable or illegal practices in various 
areas, including staffing, patient care, patient evaluation and treatment, billing and other areas and activities related to the industry 
and our operations. We continue to anticipate similar criticisms, charges and other negative publicity from such sources on a 
regular  basis,  particularly  in  the  current  political  environment  and  following  the  recent  December  2010  OIG  report  entitled 
“Questionable Billing by Skilled Nursing Facilities," described above in "The Office of the Inspector General or other organizations 
may choose to more closely scrutinize the billing practices of for-profit skilled nursing facilities, which could result in an increase 
in regulatory monitoring and oversight, decreased reimbursement rates, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations." Two of our facilities have been listed on the report.  Such reports provide unions and their 
allies with additional opportunities to make negative statements about, and to encourage regulators to seek investigatory and 
enforcement actions against, the industry in general and non-union operators like us specifically. Although we believe that our 
operations and business practices substantially conform to applicable laws and regulations, we cannot predict the extent to which 
we might be subject to adverse publicity or calls for increased regulatory scrutiny from union and union ally sources, or what 
effect, if any, such negative publicity would have on us, but to the extent they are successful, our revenue may be reduced, our 
costs may be increased and our profitability and business could be adversely affected. 

This union has also attempted to pressure hospitals, doctors, insurers and other healthcare providers and professionals to 
cease doing business with or referring patients to us. If this union or another union is successful in convincing our patients, their 
families or our referral sources to reduce or cease doing business with us, our revenue may be reduced and our profitability could 
be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to attract and retain qualified staff due to negative public relations efforts by 
this or other union organizations, our quality of service and our revenue and profits could decline. Our strategy for responding to 
union  allegations  involves  clear  public  disclosure  of  the  union's  identity,  activities  and  agenda,  and  rebuttals  to  its  negative 
campaign. 

Our ability to respond to unions, however, may be limited by some state laws, which purport to make it illegal for any 
recipient of state funds to promote or deter union organizing. For example, such a state law passed by the California Legislature 
was successfully challenged on the grounds that it was preempted by the National Labor Relations Act, only to have the challenge 
overturned by the Ninth Circuit in 2006 before being ultimately upheld by the United States Supreme Court in 2008. In addition, 
proposed legislation making it more difficult for employees and their supervisors to educate co-workers and oppose unionization, 
such as the proposed Employee Free Choice Act which would allow organizing on a single “card check” and without a secret 
ballot and similar changes to federal law, regulation and labor practice being advocated by unions and considered by Congress 
and  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board,  could  make  it  more  difficult  to  maintain  union-free  workplaces  in  our  facilities.  If 
proponents of these and similar laws are successful in facilitating unionization procedures or hindering employer responses thereto, 
our ability to oppose unionization efforts could be hindered, and our business could be negatively affected. 

A number of our facilities are operated under master lease arrangements or leases that contain cross-default provisions, and 
in some cases the breach of a single facility lease could subject multiple facilities to the same risk. 

We currently occupy approximately 6% of our facilities under agreements that are structured as master leases. Under a master 
lease, we may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease. With an indivisible lease, 
it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord. 
Failure to comply with Medicare or Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of our master lease and debt financing 
instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master lease 
portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in our outstanding debt arrangements and other leases, which would have a 
negative impact on our capital structure and our ability to generate future revenue, and could interfere with our ability to pursue 
our growth strategy. 

42

In addition, we occupy approximately 7% of our facilities under individual facility leases that are held by the same or related 
landlords, the largest of which covers five of our facilities. These leases typically contain cross-default provisions that could cause 
a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with respect to one or more other locations, potentially subjecting us to the 
various remedies available to the landlords under each of the related leases. 

Failure to generate sufficient cash flow to cover required payments or meet operating covenants under our long-term debt, 
mortgages and long-term operating leases could result in defaults under such agreements and cross-defaults under other 
debt, mortgage or operating lease arrangements, which could harm our operations and cause us to lose facilities or experience 
foreclosures. 

At December 31, 2013, we had $260.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, Ten Project 
Note, promissory notes, bonds and mortgage notes, plus $139.6 million of operating lease obligations. We intend to continue 
financing our facilities through mortgage financing, long-term operating leases and other types of financing, including borrowings 
under our lines of credit and future credit facilities we may obtain. 

We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to cover required interest, principal and lease payments.  In 
addition, our outstanding credit facilities and mortgage loans contain restrictive covenants and require us to maintain or satisfy 
specified coverage tests on a consolidated basis and on a facility or facilities basis. These restrictions and operating covenants 
include, among other things, requirements with respect to occupancy, debt service coverage, project yield, net leverage ratios, 
minimum interest coverage ratios and minimum asset coverage ratios.  These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain 
additional advances under existing credit facilities or to obtain new financing or to engage in other business activities, which may 
inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.

  From time to time the financial performance of one or more of our mortgaged facilities may not comply with the required 
operating covenants under the terms of the mortgage. Any non-payment, noncompliance or other default under our financing 
arrangements could, subject to cure provisions, cause the lender to foreclose upon the facility or facilities securing such indebtedness 
or, in the case of a lease, cause the lessor to terminate the lease, each with a consequent loss of revenue and asset value to us or a 
loss of property. Furthermore, in many cases, indebtedness is secured by both a mortgage on one or more facilities, and a guaranty 
by us. In the event of a default under one of these scenarios, the lender could avoid judicial procedures required to foreclose on 
real property by declaring all amounts outstanding under the guaranty immediately due and payable, and requiring us to fulfill 
our obligations to make such payments. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our financial condition would be adversely affected. 
For tax purposes, a foreclosure on any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a price equal to the outstanding 
balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis 
in  the  property,  we  would  recognize  taxable  income  on  foreclosure,  but  would  not  receive  any  cash  proceeds,  which  would 
negatively impact our earnings and cash position. Further, because our mortgages and operating leases generally contain cross-
default and cross-collateralization provisions, a default by us related to one facility could affect a significant number of other 
facilities and their corresponding financing arrangements and operating leases. 

Because our term loans, promissory notes, bonds, mortgages and lease obligations are fixed expenses and secured by specific 
assets, and because our revolving loan obligations are secured by virtually all of our assets, if reimbursement rates, patient acuity 
mix or occupancy levels decline, or if for any reason we are unable to meet our loan or lease obligations, we may not be able to 
cover our costs and some or all of our assets may become at risk. Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our 
indebtedness and to make lease payments on our operating leases depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to 
general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which 
are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt or to 
make lease payments on our operating leases, we may be required, among other things, to seek additional financing in the debt 
or equity markets, refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, sell selected assets, reduce or delay planned capital 
expenditures or delay or abandon desirable acquisitions. Such measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt 
or to make lease payments on our operating leases. The failure to make required payments on our debt or operating leases or the 
delay or abandonment of our planned growth strategy could result in an adverse effect on our future ability to generate revenue 
and sustain profitability. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available on terms that are 
economically favorable to us, or at all. 

43

If we decide to expand our presence in the assisted living, home health, hospice or urgent care industries, we would become 
subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience. 

The majority of our facilities have historically been skilled nursing facilities. If we decide to expand our presence in the 
assisted living, home health, hospice and urgent care industries or other relevant healthcare service, our existing overall business 
model would change and we would become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience. Although assisted 
living operations generally have lower costs and higher margins than skilled nursing, they typically generate lower overall revenue 
than skilled nursing operations. In addition, assisted living and urgent care revenue is derived primarily from private payors as 
opposed to government reimbursement. In most states, skilled nursing, assisted living, home health, hospice and urgent care are 
regulated by different agencies, and we have less experience with the agencies that regulate assisted living, home health, hospice 
and urgent care. In general, we believe that assisted living is a more competitive industry than skilled nursing. If we decided to 
expand our presence in the assisted living, home health, hospice and urgent care industries, we might have to adjust part of our 
existing business model, which could have an adverse effect on our business. 

If our referral sources fail to view us as an attractive skilled nursing provider, or if our referral sources otherwise refer fewer 
patients, our patient base may decrease. 

We rely significantly on appropriate referrals from physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers in the communities 
in which we deliver our services to attract appropriate residents and patients to our facilities. Our referral sources are not obligated 
to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business 
to us as a result of the quality of our patient care and our efforts to establish and build a relationship with our referral sources. If 
we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our referral resources, fail to develop new relationships, or if we are 
perceived by our referral sources as not providing high quality patient care, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix 
could suffer. In addition, if any of our referral sources have a reduction in patients whom they can refer due to a decrease in their 
business, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix could suffer. 

We may need additional capital to fund our operations and finance our growth, and we may not be able to obtain it on terms 
acceptable to us, or at all, which may limit our ability to grow. 

Our ability to maintain and enhance our facilities and equipment in a suitable condition to meet regulatory standards, operate 
efficiently and remain competitive in our markets requires us to commit substantial resources to continued investment in our 
facilities and equipment. We are sometimes more aggressive than our competitors in capital spending to address issues that arise 
in connection with aging and obsolete facilities and equipment. In addition, continued expansion of our business through the 
acquisition of existing facilities, expansion of our existing facilities and construction of new facilities may require additional 
capital, particularly if we were to accelerate our acquisition and expansion plans. Financing may not be available to us or may be 
available to us only on terms that are not favorable. In addition, some of our outstanding indebtedness and long-term leases restrict, 
among other things, our ability to incur additional debt. If we are unable to raise additional funds or obtain additional funds on 
terms acceptable to us, we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our growth strategies. Further, if additional funds are 
raised through the issuance of additional equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would be diluted. Any 
newly issued equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock. 

The condition of the financial markets, including volatility and deterioration in the capital and credit markets, could limit 
the availability of debt and equity financing sources to fund the capital and liquidity requirements of our business, as well 
as, negatively impact or impair the value of our current portfolio of cash, cash equivalents and investments, including U.S. 
Treasury securities and U.S.-backed investments.

Financial markets experienced significant disruptions from 2008 through 2010. These disruptions impacted liquidity in the 
debt markets, making financing terms for borrowers less attractive and, in certain cases, significantly reducing the availability of 
certain types of debt financing.  As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue 
to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads.  Concern about the stability of the markets has led 
many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and in some cases, cease to provide credit to borrowers.  

44

Further, our cash, cash equivalents and investments are held in a variety of interest-bearing instruments, including U.S. 
treasury securities.  As a result of the uncertain domestic and global political, credit and financial market conditions, investments 
in these types of financial instruments pose risks arising from liquidity and credit concerns.   Given that future deterioration in 
the U.S. and global credit and financial markets is a possibility, no assurance can be made that losses or significant deterioration 
in the fair value of our cash, cash equivalents, or investments will not occur.  Uncertainty surrounding the trading market for U.S. 
government securities or impairment of the U.S. government's ability to satisfy its obligations under such treasury securities could 
impact the liquidity or valuation of our current portfolio of cash, cash equivalents, and investments, a substantial portion of which 
were invested in U.S. treasury securities.  Further, unless and until the current U.S. and global political, credit and financial market 
crisis has been sufficiently resolved, it may be difficult for us to liquidate our investments prior to their maturity without incurring 
a loss, which would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 Though we anticipate that the cash amounts generated internally, together with amounts available under the revolving credit 
facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility, will be sufficient to implement our business plan for the foreseeable future, we may 
need additional capital if a substantial acquisition or other growth opportunity becomes available or if unexpected events occur 
or opportunities arise. We cannot assure you that additional capital will be available or available on terms favorable to us. If capital 
is not available, we may not be able to fund internal or external business expansion or respond to competitive pressures or other 
market conditions. 

Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems. 

If we experience problems with our information systems or if issues arise with Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may 
encounter delays in our payment cycle. From time to time, we have experienced such delays as a result of government payors 
instituting planned reimbursement delays for budget balancing purposes or as a result of prepayment reviews. For example, in 
January 2009, the State of California announced expected cash shortages in February which impacted payments to Medi-Cal 
providers from late March through April.  Medi-Cal had also delayed the release of the reimbursement rates which were announced 
in January 2010. These rate increases were put in place on a retrospective basis, effective August 1, 2009. 

Further, on March 24, 2011, the governor of California signed Assembly Bill 97 (AB 97), the budget trailer bill on health, into 
law.  AB 97 outlines significant cuts to state health and human services programs.  Specifically, the law reduced provider payments 
by 10% for physicians, pharmacies, clinics, medical transportation, certain hospitals, home health, and nursing facilities.  AB X1 
19 Long Term Care  was subsequently approved by the governor on June 28, 2011.  Federal approval was obtained on October 
27, 2011.  AB X1 19 limited  the 10% payment reduction to skilled-nursing providers to 14 months for the services provided on 
June 1, 2011 through July 31, 2012. The 10% reduction in provider payments was repaid by December 31, 2012.  There can be 
no  assurance  that  similar  delays  or  reductions  in  our  payment  cycle  of  provider  payments  will  not  lead  to  material  adverse 
consequences in the future.

Compliance with the regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development may require us to make unanticipated 
expenditures which could increase our costs. 

Two of our facilities are currently subject to regulatory agreements with the Department of Housing and Urban Development 
(HUD) that give the Commissioner of HUD broad authority to require us to be replaced as the operator of those facilities in the 
event that the Commissioner determines there are operational deficiencies at such facilities under HUD regulations. In 2006, one 
of our HUD-insured mortgaged facilities did not pass its HUD inspection. Following an unsuccessful appeal of the decision, we 
requested a re-inspection. The re-inspection occurred in the fourth quarter of 2009 and the facility passed its HUD re-inspection. 
Compliance  with  HUD's  requirements  can  often  be  difficult  because  these  requirements  are  not  always  consistent  with  the 
requirements of other federal and state agencies. Appealing a failed inspection can be costly and time-consuming and, if we do 
not successfully remediate the failed inspection, we could be precluded from obtaining HUD financing in the future or we may 
encounter limitations or prohibitions on our operation of HUD-insured facilities. 

Failure to comply with existing environmental laws could result in increased expenditures, litigation and potential loss to 
our business and in our asset value. 

Our operations are subject to regulations under various federal, state and local environmental laws, primarily those relating 
to the handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of medical waste; the identification and warning of the presence 
of asbestos-containing materials in buildings, as well as the encapsulation or removal of such materials; and the presence of other 
substances in the indoor environment. 

45

Our facilities generate infectious or other hazardous medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of the patients. 
Each of our facilities has an agreement with a waste management company for the proper disposal of all infectious medical waste, 
but the use of a waste management company does not immunize us from alleged violations of such laws for operations for which 
we are responsible even if carried out by a third party, nor does it immunize us from third-party claims for the cost to cleanup 
disposal sites at which such wastes have been disposed. 

Some of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may have asbestos-containing materials. Federal regulations require 
building  owners  and  those  exercising  control  over  a  building's  management  to  identify  and  warn  their  employees  and  other 
employers operating in the building of potential hazards posed by workplace exposure to installed asbestos-containing materials 
and potential asbestos-containing materials in their buildings. Significant fines can be assessed for violation of these regulations. 
Building owners and those exercising control over a building's management may be subject to an increased risk of personal injury 
lawsuits. Federal, state and local laws and regulations also govern the removal, encapsulation, disturbance, handling and disposal 
of asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials when such materials are in poor condition or in the 
event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose liability for improper handling 
or a release into the environment of asbestos containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials and may provide 
for fines to, and for third parties to seek recovery from, owners or operators of real properties for personal injury or improper work 
exposure associated with asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials. The presence of asbestos-
containing materials, or the failure to properly dispose of or remediate such materials, also may adversely affect our ability to 
attract and retain patients and staff, to borrow when using such property as collateral or to make improvements to such property. 

The presence of mold, lead-based paint, underground storage tanks, contaminants in drinking water, radon and/or other 
substances at any of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may lead to the incurrence of costs for remediation, mitigation or 
the implementation of an operations and maintenance plan and may result in third party litigation for personal injury or property 
damage. Furthermore, in some circumstances, areas affected by mold may be unusable for periods of time for repairs, and even 
after successful remediation, the known prior presence of extensive mold could adversely affect the ability of a facility to retain 
or attract patients and staff and could adversely affect a facility's market value and ultimately could lead to the temporary or 
permanent closure of the facility. 

If  we  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  environmental  laws,  we  would  face  increased  expenditures  in  terms  of  fines  and 
remediation of the underlying problems, potential litigation relating to exposure to such materials, and a potential decrease in 
value to our business and in the value of our underlying assets. 

In addition, because environmental laws vary from state to state, expansion of our operations to states where we do not 

currently operate may subject us to additional restrictions in the manner in which we operate our facilities.

If we fail to safeguard the monies held in our patient trust funds, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may 
be subject to citations, fines and penalties. 

Each of our facilities is required by federal law to maintain a patient trust fund to safeguard certain assets of their residents 
and patients. If any money held in a patient trust fund is misappropriated, we are required to reimburse the patient trust fund for 
the amount of money that was misappropriated. In 2005 we became aware of two separate and unrelated instances of employees 
misappropriating  an  aggregate  of  approximately  $0.4  million  in  patient  trust  funds,  some  of  which  was  recovered  from  the 
employees and some of which we were required to reimburse from our funds. If any monies held in our patient trust funds are 
misappropriated in the future and are unrecoverable, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may be subject to 
citations, fines and penalties pursuant to federal and state laws.

We are a holding company with no operations and rely upon our multiple independent operating subsidiaries to provide us 
with the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Liabilities of any one or more of our subsidiaries could be imposed 
upon us or our other subsidiaries. 

We are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. Each of our facilities is operated through 
a separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiary, which has its own management, employees and assets. Our principal assets 
are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our multiple operating and real estate holding subsidiaries. As a result, we 
are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay 
dividends. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to make funds available to us. The ability of our 
subsidiaries  to  make  distributions  to  us  will  depend  substantially  on  their  respective  operating  results  and  will  be  subject  to 
restrictions under, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, which may limit the amount of funds available 
for distribution to investors or shareholders, agreements of those subsidiaries, the terms of our financing arrangements and the 
terms of any future financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.

46

Changes in federal and state income tax laws and regulations could adversely affect our provision for income taxes and 
estimated income tax liabilities.

We are subject to both state and federal income taxes. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the 
mix of earnings in states with different statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes 
in tax laws and regulations, changes in our interpretations of tax laws, including pending tax law changes. In addition, in certain 
cases more than one state in which we operate has indicated an  intent to attempt to tax the same assets and activities, which could 
result in double taxation if successful. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could 
affect our profitability. 

We are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other local, 
state and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine 
the adequacy of our estimated income tax liabilities. The outcomes from these continuous examinations could adversely affect 
our provision for income taxes and estimated income tax liabilities. 

The proposed Spin-Off transaction may not be completed on the terms contemplated, or at all, may not result in the 
benefits expected, will result in costs whether or not completed, or distract our management.

On November 7, 2013, we announced a proposed plan to separate our healthcare business and our real estate business into 
two separate, publicly traded companies through the proposed Spin-Off. The Spin-Off is a complex transaction, and its completion 
will require significant time, effort and expense. This could distract management from the day-to-day operations of our business, 
which could adversely affect our operations. The completion of the Spin-Off is subject to a number of conditions, and there is no 
assurance that the conditions will be satisfied and that the Spin-Off will be completed. In addition, we reserve the right to abandon, 
defer or modify the Spin-off at any time if our board of directors so determines. If the Spin-Off is completed, it is possible that, 
due to unforeseen changes in market or economic conditions, or other events or circumstances, the two resulting companies may 
not achieve the full strategic and operational benefits expected from the Spin-Off, which could result in the combined market 
value of the stock of both companies being less than the market value of our common stock if the Spin-Off had not occurred. If 
the Spin-Off is not completed for any reason, the market price of our common stock may decline to the extent that the market 
price at that time reflects a market assumption that the Spin-Off will be completed. Whether or not the Spin-Off is completed, we 
will incur costs related to the transaction, including legal and accounting fees and certain fees payable to our financial advisors.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock 

We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends and the failure to do so would adversely affect our stock price. 

Our ability to pay and maintain cash dividends is based on many factors, including our ability to make and finance acquisitions, 
our ability to negotiate favorable lease and other contractual terms, anticipated operating cost levels, the level of demand for our 
beds, the rates we charge and actual results that may vary substantially from estimates. Some of the factors are beyond our control 
and a change in any such factor could affect our ability to pay or maintain dividends. In addition, the revolving credit facility 
portion of the Senior Credit Facility restricts our ability to pay dividends to stockholders if we receive notice that we are in default 
under this agreement.  The failure to pay or maintain dividends could adversely affect our stock price. 

If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other stockholders from 
influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that could cause our stock price to decline. 

Our current executive officers, directors and their affiliates, if they act together, will have substantial influence over the 
outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale 
of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  or  any  other  significant  corporate  transactions. The  significant  concentration  of  stock 
ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may 
exist or arise.

47

 
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses 
for our stockholders. 

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the 
trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the 
market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. On some occasions in the past, when 
the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the 
company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending 
or settling the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business. 

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt or additional equity securities, including 
commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, series of preferred shares or shares of our common stock. 
Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred shares, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, would receive 
a distribution of our available assets prior to any distribution to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may 
dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. 
Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our 
control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock 
bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their shareholdings in us. We 
also intend to continue to actively pursue acquisitions of facilities and may issue shares of stock in connection with these acquisitions. 

Any shares issued in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute 

the holdings of the investors who purchase our shares. 

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a 
restatement of our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our company and 
have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. 

We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of GAAP. Effective internal controls 
are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly 
traded company. As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which requires annual management assessments 
of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. 

We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of GAAP. Effective internal controls 
are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly 
traded company. As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which requires annual management assessments 
of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. 

Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to our 
business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in 
accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified 
report if we conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. If either we are unable to conclude that 
we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to 
provide  us  with  an  unqualified  report  as  required  by  Section  404,  investors  could  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial 
information and our company, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, and cause us to fail to 
meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the 
future. 

48

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, stockholder rights plan and Delaware 
law contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the 
market price of our common stock. 

In addition to the effect that the concentration of ownership by our significant stockholders may have, our amended and 
restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may enable our management to 
resist a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a 
change in our management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the 
price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Such provisions set forth in our amended 
and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws include: 

•  our board of directors are authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly 

referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock;

•  advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors or to submit 

proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

•  our board of directors are classified so not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more 

difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;

•  stockholder action by written consent is limited;

•  special meetings of the stockholders are permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief 

executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;

•  stockholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors;

•  newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board 

of directors are filled only by majority vote of the remaining directors;

•  our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

•  stockholders are permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our 

outstanding common stock.

On November 7, 2013, we adopted a stockholder rights plan, which could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, 
or could discourage a third party from acquiring, 9.8% or more of our outstanding common stock. A third party that acquires 9.8% 
or more of our common stock could suffer substantial dilution of its ownership interest under the terms of the stockholder rights 
plan through the issuance of our common stock or other securities to all stockholders other than the acquiring person.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, stockholder 
rights plan and Delaware law could discourage acquisition proposals and make it more difficult or expensive for stockholders or 
potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of 
directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. Any delay or prevention of a change 
of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. 

Our systems are subject to security breaches and other cybersecurity incidents.

  We may experience cyber attacks, and as a result, unauthorized parties may obtain access to our computer systems and 
networks. Such cyber attacks could result in the misappropriation of our proprietary information and technology or interrupt 
our business. The reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure is critical to our business. To the extent 
that any disruptions or security breaches result in significant loss or damage to our data, or inappropriate disclosure of 
significant proprietary information, it could cause damage to our reputation and affect our relationships with our residents and 
ultimately harm our business.

49

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Service Center.  We currently lease 29,829 square feet of office space in Mission Viejo, California for our Service Center 
pursuant to a lease that expires in August 2019. We have two options to extend our lease term at this location for an additional 
five-year term for each option. 

Facilities.  As of December 31, 2013, we operated 119 facilities in Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Nebraska, 
Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Utah and Washington, with the operational capacity to serve approximately 13,000 residents. Of the 119 
facilities that we operated, we owned 96 facilities and leased 23 facilities pursuant to operating leases, two of which contain 
purchase options that provide us with the right to purchase or agreements to purchase the facility in the future.  We currently do 
not manage any facilities for third parties, except on a short-term basis pending receipt of new operating licenses by our operating 
subsidiaries. 

The following table provides summary information regarding the number of operational beds at our facilities at December 31, 

2013: 

State
California
Arizona
Texas
Utah
Colorado
Washington
Idaho
Nevada
Nebraska
Iowa
Total

Skilled nursing
Assisted living
Independent living
Total

Leased without a
Purchase Option

Purchase Agreement
or Leased with a
Purchase Option

Owned

Total Operational
Beds

1,510  
575  
112  
108  
42  
—  
—  
—
—
—
2,347  

2,347  
—  
—  
2,347  

414  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—
—
—
414  

344  
70  
—  
414  

2,049  
1,327  
3,241  
1,305  
463  
555  
477  
304
366
356
10,443  

8,433  
1,533  
477  
10,443  

3,973
1,902
3,353
1,413
505
555
477
304
366
356
13,204

11,124
1,603
477
13,204

Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings

Regulatory  Matters  —  Laws  and  regulations  governing  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  are  complex  and  subject  to 
interpretation. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future governmental review and interpretation, as 
well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from certain governmental programs. We believe 
that we are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from Medicaid and Medicare, for which reimbursement rates are subject to 
regulatory changes and government funding restrictions. Any significant future change to reimbursement rates or regulation on 
how services are provided could have a material effect on our operations.

Cost-Containment  Measures  —  Both  government  and  private  pay  sources  have  instituted  cost-containment  measures 
designed to limit payments made to providers of healthcare services, and there can be no assurance that future measures designed 
to limit payments made to providers will not adversely affect us.  

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Examinations —  During the first quarter of 2012, the State of California initiated an examination of our income 
tax returns for the 2008 and 2009 income tax years.  The examination is primarily focused on  the Captive and the treatment of 
related insurance matters. To date, California has not proposed any adjustments. We are not currently under examination by any 
other major income tax jurisdiction. During 2013, the statute of limitations has lapsed on our 2009 Federal tax year and will lapse 
on certain 2008 and 2009 state tax years during the fourth quarter. The lapse of the Federal statute had no significant impact on 
the balance of unrecognized tax benefits. We do not believe the state statute lapses, the California examination, or any other event 
will significantly impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.  See Note 14, Income Taxes.

Indemnities —  From time to time, we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently requires us to indemnify parties 
against third-party claims. These contracts primarily include (i) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to 
indemnify property owners or prior facility operators for post-transfer environmental or other liabilities and other claims arising 
from our use of the applicable premises, (ii) operations transfer agreements, in which we agree to indemnify past operators of 
facilities we acquire against certain liabilities arising from the transfer of the operation and/or the operation thereof after the 
transfer, (iii) certain lending agreements, under which we may be required to indemnify the lender against various claims and 
liabilities, (iv) agreements with certain lenders under which we may be required to indemnify such lenders against various claims 
and liabilities, and (v) certain agreements with our officers, directors and employees, under which we may be required to indemnify 
such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationships. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and, in 
most instances, a specific or maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts 
cannot be reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted. Consequently, because no claims have been asserted, no liabilities 
have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

Litigation — The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of our patients and 
residents and the services we provide. We and others in the industry are subject to an increasing number of claims and lawsuits, 
including professional liability claims, alleging that services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other 
related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large 
settlement amounts or damage awards.

In addition to the potential lawsuits and claims described above, we are also subject to potential lawsuits under the Federal 
False Claims Act and comparable state laws alleging submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such 
as Medicare) or payor.  A violation may provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. Such exclusions 
could have a correlative negative impact on our financial performance. Some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have 
enacted  similar  whistleblower  and  false  claims  laws  and  regulations.  In  addition,  the  Deficit  Reduction Act  of  2005  created 
incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. As such, we could face increased 
scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in markets in which it does 
business.

In May 2009, Congress passed the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act (FERA) of 2009 which made significant changes 
to  the  Federal  False  Claims Act  (FCA),  expanding  the  types  of  activities  subject  to  prosecution  and  whistleblower  liability. 
Following  changes  by  FERA,  health  care  providers  face  significant  penalties  for  the  knowing  retention  of  government 
overpayments, even if no false claim was involved. Health care providers can now be liable for knowingly and improperly avoiding 
or decreasing an obligation to pay money or property to the government. This includes the retention of any government overpayment. 
The government can argue, therefore, that a FCA violation can occur without any affirmative fraudulent action or statement, as 
long  as  it  is  knowingly  improper.  In  addition,  FERA  extended  protections  against  retaliation  for  whistleblowers,  including 
protections not only for employees, but also contractors and agents. Thus, there is generally no need for an employment relationship 
in order to qualify for protection against retaliation for whistleblowing.

In July 2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). The 
Dodd-Frank Act establishes rigorous standards and supervision to protect the economy and American consumers, investors and 
businesses. Included under Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will be required 
to pay a reward to individuals who provide original information to the SEC resulting in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000 in 
civil or criminal proceedings. The award will range from 10 to 30 percent of the amount recouped and the amount of the award 
shall be at the discretion of the SEC. The purpose of this reward program is to “motivate those with inside knowledge to come 
forward and assist the Government to identify and prosecute persons who have violated securities laws and recover money for 
victims of financial fraud.”

51

Healthcare litigation (including class action litigation) is common and is filed based upon a wide variety of claims and 
theories, and we are routinely subjected to varying types of claims.  One particular type of suit arises from alleged violations of 
state-established minimum staffing requirements for skilled nursing facilities.  Failure to meet these requirements can, among 
other things, jeopardize a facility's compliance with conditions of participation under certain state and federal healthcare programs; 
it may also subject the facility to a notice of deficiency, a citation, civil monetary penalty, or litigation.  These class-action “staffing” 
suits have the potential to result in large jury verdicts and settlements, and have become more prevalent in the wake of a previous 
substantial jury award against one of our competitors.  We expect the plaintiff's bar to become increasingly aggressive in their 
pursuit of these staffing and similar claims.  

A class action staffing suit was previously filed against us in the State of California, alleging, among other things, violations 
of certain Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of our California 
facilities. In 2007, we settled this class action suit, and the settlement was approved by the affected class and the Court.  We have 
been defending a second such staffing class-action claim filed in Los Angeles Superior Court; however, a settlement was reached 
with class counsel and has received Court approval.  The total costs associated with the settlement, including attorney's fees, 
estimated class payout, and related costs and expenses, are projected to be approximately $6.5 million, of which, approximately 
$1.5 million of this amount was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013, with the balance having been expensed in 
prior periods.  We believe that the settlement will not have a material ongoing adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
or results of operations. 

Other claims and suits, including class actions, continue to be filed against us and other companies in our industry.  If there 
were a significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing should plaintiffs be successful in their 
prosecution of these claims, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows.

We have been, and continue to be, subject to claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business, including 
potential claims related to care and treatment provided at our facilities as well as employment related claims. We do not believe 
that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition or 
results of operations.  A significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing should plaintiffs be 
successful  in  their  prosecution  of  these  claims,  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows.

We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of any litigation.  If any litigation were to proceed, 
and we are subjected to, alleged to be liable for, or agrees to a settlement of, claims or obligations under federal Medicare statutes, 
the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, our business, financial condition and 
results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could be adversely impacted.  
Among other things, any settlement or litigation could involve the payment of substantial sums to settle any alleged civil violations, 
and may also include our assumption of specific procedural and financial obligations going forward under a corporate integrity 
agreement and/or other arrangement with the government.

Medicare  Revenue  Recoupments  —  We  are  subject  to  reviews  relating  to  Medicare  services,  billings  and  potential 
overpayments. We have one operation subject to probe review during the year ended December 31, 2013. We anticipate that these 
probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. Further, we currently have no facilities on prepayment review; however, 
others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the facility could then be subject 
to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. We have no facilities that are currently 
undergoing targeted review.

U.S.  Government  Inquiry  —  In  late  2006,  we  learned  that  we  might  be  the  subject  of  an  on-going  criminal  and  civil 
investigation by the DOJ. This was confirmed in March 2007. The investigation was prompted by a whistleblower complaint, and 
related primarily to claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at skilled nursing facilities in 
Southern California. We, through our outside counsel and a special committee of independent directors established by its board, 
worked cooperatively with the U.S. Attorney's office to produce information requested by the government as part of an ongoing 
dialogue designed to resolve the issue.

In December 2011, the DOJ notified us that it had closed its criminal investigation without action although, as is typical, it 
reserved the right to reopen the criminal case if new facts came to light. This left only the civil investigation to resolve, and we 
continued to supply requested information to the DOJ and the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of 
Health  and  Human  Services  (HHS),  including  specific  patient  records  and  documents  from  2007  to  2011  from  six  Southern 
California skilled nursing facilities that had been the subject of previous requests.

52

In early 2013, discussions between government representatives and our special committee, its outside counsel and their 
experts had advanced sufficiently that we recorded an initial estimated liability in the amount of $15.0 million in the fourth quarter 
of 2012 for the resolution of claims connected to the investigation. In April 2013, we and government representatives reached an 
agreement in principle to resolve the allegations and close the investigation. Based on these discussions, we recorded and announced 
an additional charge in the amount of $33.0 million in the first quarter of 2013, increasing the total reserve to resolve the matter 
to $48.0 million (the Reserve Amount). 

In October 2013, we completed and executed a settlement agreement (the Settlement Agreement) with the DOJ and received 
the final approval of the Office of Inspector General-HHS and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. 
The settlement agreement fully and finally resolves the previously disclosed DOJ investigation and any ancillary claims which 
have been pending since 2006.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, we made a single lump-sum remittance to the government 
in the amount of $48.0 million in October 2013.  We have denied engaging in any illegal conduct, and have agreed to the settlement 
amount without any admission of wrongdoing in order to resolve the allegations and to avoid the uncertainty and expense of 
protracted litigation.

In connection with the settlement and effective as of October 1, 2013, we entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement 
with the Office of Inspector General-HHS (the CIA).  The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program, 
and requires that we continue during the term of the CIA to maintain a compliance program designed to promote compliance with 
the statutes, regulations, and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other Federal health care programs. We are also 
required to maintain several elements of our existing program during the term of the CIA, including maintaining a compliance 
officer, a compliance committee of the board of directors, and a code of conduct.  The CIA requires that we conduct certain 
additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including various training and monitoring procedures, and 
maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations.  Pursuant to the CIA, we are required to notify the Office of Inspector 
General-HHS in writing, of, among other things: (i) any ongoing government investigation or legal proceeding involving an 
allegation that we have committed a crime or have engaged in fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person 
would  consider  a  probable  violation  of  applicable  criminal,  civil,  or  administrative  laws  related  to  compliance  with  federal 
healthcare programs; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location 
related to items or services that may be reimbursed by Federal health care programs. We are also subject to periodic reporting and 
certification requirements attesting that the provisions of the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document 
and record retention mandates.

Participation in federal healthcare programs by us is not affected by the Settlement Agreement or the CIA. In the event of 
an uncured material breach of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to 
prosecution.

Item 4.   

Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

53

PART II.

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information 

Our common stock has been traded under the symbol “ENSG” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market since our initial 
public offering on November 8, 2007. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table 
shows the high and low sale prices for the common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods 
indicated: 

Fiscal 2012

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter
Fiscal 2013

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

High

Low

$

$

$

$

$
$
$
$

29.73

28.71

30.76

31.25

33.70
38.08
42.26
46.39

$

$

$

$

$
$
$
$

24.01

23.40

26.53

24.97

27.54
31.57
35.24
39.60

During fiscal 2013, we declared aggregate cash dividends of $0.265 per share of common stock, for a total of approximately 

$5.9 million. 

As of February 10, 2014, there were approximately 230 holders of record of our common stock. 

54

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any 
dividends thereafter) on December 31, 2008 in (i) our common stock, (ii) the Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group 1 and (iii) the 
NASDAQ Market Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance. 

COMPARISON OF 60 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Ensign Group, the NASDAQ Composite Index
and a Peer Group

*$100 invested on 12/31/08 in stock in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Comparison of 60 month cumulative total return among The Ensign Group, Inc., NASDAQ Market Index, Skilled 
Nursing Facilities 

The Ensign Group, Inc. 
NASDAQ Market Index
Peer Group

December 31,

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

$ 100.00 $ 93.05 $ 152.25 $ 151.32 $ 169.20 $ 277.92
$ 100.00 $ 145.34 $ 171.70 $ 170.34 $ 200.57 $ 281.14
$ 100.00 $ 90.13 $ 127.89 $ 105.17 $ 126.22 $ 156.74

The current composition of the Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group 1, SIC Code 8051 is as follows: 

AdCare Health Systems, Inc., Diversicare Healthcare Services, Five Star Quality Care, Inc., Lexington Healthcare Group, National 
Healthcare Corporation, Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc., and The Ensign Group, Inc. 

55

 
 
 
Dividend Policy 

The following table summarizes common stock dividends declared to shareholders during the two most recent fiscal years: 

2012
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
2013
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Dividend per
Share

Aggregate
Dividend
Declared

(in thousands)

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

0.060   $
0.060   $
0.060   $
0.065   $

0.065   $
0.065   $
0.065   $
0.070   $

1,292
1,298
1,306
1,424

1,437
1,438
1,443
1,564

We do not have a formal dividend policy but we currently intend to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders 
of our common stock. From 2002 to 2013, we paid aggregate annual dividends equal to approximately 5% to 15% of our net 
income, after adjusting for the charge related to the U.S. Government inquiry settlement of $33.0 million and $15.0 million in 
fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  However, future dividends will continue to be at the discretion of 
our board of directors, and we may or may not continue to pay dividends at such rate. We expect that the payment of dividends 
will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general 
business conditions, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. The 
senior credit facility agreement governing our revolving line of credit with a lending consortium arranged by SunTrust and Wells 
Fargo restricts our subsidiaries and our ability to pay dividends to stockholders in excess of 20% of consolidated net income, or 
at all if we receive notice that we are in default under this agreement. In addition, we are a holding company with no direct operating 
assets, employees or revenues. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our independent subsidiaries to generate the 
funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay dividends. It is possible that in certain quarters, we may pay dividends 
that exceed our net income for such period as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.   

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities 

 Common Stock Repurchase Program.  In the fourth quarter of 2012, the board of directors authorized the renewal of our 

common stock repurchase program, authorizing the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of our common stock over the next 12 
months.  Under this program, we are authorized to repurchase our issued and outstanding common shares from time to time in 
open-market and privately negotiated transactions and block trades in accordance with federal securities laws, including Rule 
10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended. 

The number of shares repurchased will depend entirely upon the levels of cash available, the attractiveness of alternate 
investment and business opportunities either at hand or on the horizon, Management's perception of value relative to market price 
and other legal, regulatory and contractual requirements. The repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular 
dollar amount or number of shares of common stock.  The repurchase program expired on November 15, 2013.   During the year 
ended December 31, 2013, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, 
we repurchased 7,340 shares of our common stock for a total of $0.2 million. 

56

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated have been derived from our consolidated financial 
statements. The financial data set forth below should be read in connection with Item 7 - “Management's Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto: 

2013

$ 904,556

2012

Years Ended December 31,
2011
(In thousands, except per share data)
$ 649,532
$ 758,277
$ 823,155

2010

2009

$ 542,002

725,989

656,424

600,804

516,668

434,318

33,000

13,613

40,103

33,909

846,614

57,942

15,000

13,281

31,819

28,358

—

13,725

29,766

23,286

—

14,478

26,099

16,633

—

14,703

20,767

13,276

744,882  

667,581  

573,878  

483,064

78,273  

90,696  

75,654  

58,938

(12,787)

(12,229)

(13,778)

(9,123)

(5,691)

506

255

249

248

279

(12,281)

(11,974)

(13,529)

(8,875)

(5,412)

45,661

20,003

25,658

(1,804)

23,854

(186)

24,040

25,844

(1,804)

24,040

1.18

(0.08)

1.10

1.16

(0.09)

1.07

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

66,299

25,134

41,165

(1,357)

39,808

(783)

40,591

41,948

(1,357)

40,591

1.96

(0.07)

1.89

1.91

(0.06)

1.85

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

77,167

29,492

47,675

—

47,675

—

47,675

47,675

—

47,675

2.27

—

2.27

2.21

—

2.21

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

66,779

26,253

40,526

—

40,526

—

40,526

40,526

—

40,526

1.95

—

1.95

1.92

—

1.92

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

53,526

21,040

32,486

—

32,486

—

32,486

32,486

—

32,486

1.58

—

1.58

1.55

—

1.55

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

21,900

22,364

21,429

21,942

20,967

21,583

20,744

21,159

20,603

20,925

Revenue

Expense:

Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and
amortization shown separately below)

Charge related to U.S. Government inquiry

Facility rent - cost of services

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense

Interest income

Other expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Amounts attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign
Group, Inc.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Net income per share(1):

Basic:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign
Group, Inc.
Loss from discontinued operations (2)

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign
Group, Inc.
Loss from discontinued operations (2)

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

(1) See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
Other Non-GAAP Financial Data:
EBITDA(1)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)(2)
EBITDAR(1)
Adjusted EBITDAR(1)(2)

______________________

2013

Years Ended
December 31,
2012
(In thousands)

2011

$

92,037
136,741
105,650
149,345

$ 107,414
131,427
120,695
143,848

$ 113,982
115,978
127,707
129,703

(1)  EBITDA,  EBITDAR, Adjusted  EBITDA  and Adjusted  EBITDAR  are  supplemental  non-GAAP  financial  measures. 
Regulation G, Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, and other provisions of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, define and prescribe the conditions for use of certain non-GAAP financial information. We 
calculate EBITDA as net income from continuing operations, adjusted for net losses attributable to noncontrolling interest, 
before  (a) interest  expense,  net,  (b) provision  for  income  taxes,  and  (c) depreciation  and  amortization.  We  calculate 
EBITDAR by adjusting EBITDA to exclude facility rent—cost of services. These non-GAAP financial measures are used 
in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures 
should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect an 
additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying 
reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends 
affecting our business.

We believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR are useful to investors and other external users 

of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

they are widely used by investors and analysts in our industry as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall operating 
performance of companies in our industry without regard to items such as interest expense, net and depreciation and 
amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on the book value of assets, capital 
structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and

they help investors evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of 
our capital structure and asset base from our operating results.

We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR:

as measurements of our operating performance to assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis;

to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies; and

to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.

We typically use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR to compare the operating performance 
of each operation.  These measures are useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as net interest expense, income 
taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and, with respect to EBITDAR, facility rent — cost of services, which may vary 
from period-to-period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance facilities, the amount of debt that we 
have incurred, whether a facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or business, and the tax law of the state in 
which a business unit operates. As a result, we believe that the use of these measures provide a meaningful and consistent comparison 
of our business between periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP.

We also establish compensation programs and bonuses for our leaders that are partially based upon the achievement of 

Adjusted EBITDAR targets.

58

 
 
 
 
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our underlying business, designing incentive compensation and for 
our goal setting, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR are non-GAAP financial measures that have 
no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR 
measures have limitations as analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our 
results as reported in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

they do not reflect our current or future cash requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

they do not reflect the net interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, 
on our debt;

they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have 
to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and EBITDAR do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; 
and

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness 
as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by using them only to supplement net income on a basis prepared in accordance with 

GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

Management strongly encourages investors to review our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and to not rely 
on any single financial measure. Because these non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to 
compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. For 
information about our financial results as reported in accordance with GAAP, see our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes included elsewhere in this document.

(2)    Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA adjusted for non-core business items, which for the reported periods includes, to the extent 

applicable:

•  Charges related to the DOJ settlement;
•  Expenses incurred in connection with the Company's proposed spin-off of real estate assets in a newly formed publicly 

traded real estate investment trust (REIT);

Settlement of a class action lawsuit regarding minimum staffing requirements in the State of California.
Impairment charges

•  Legal costs incurred in connection with the DOJ settlement;
• 
• 
•  Losses incurred by our newly opened urgent care centers;
•  Losses incurred by one newly constructed skilled nursing facility;
•  Acquisition-related costs; and
•  Costs incurred to recognize income tax credits.

Adjusted EBITDAR is EBITDAR adjusted for the above noted non-core business items.

59

The table below reconciles net income to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDAR and Adjusted EBITDAR for the 

periods presented:

2013

2012

Years Ended
December 31,
2011
(In thousands)

2010

2009

Consolidated statements of income Data:
Net income
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Loss from discontinued operations
Interest expense, net
Provision for income taxes
Depreciation and amortization

EBITDA

Facility rent—cost of services

EBITDAR

EBITDA

Charge related to the U.S. Government inquiry(a)
Expenses related to the Spin-Off(b)
Legal costs(c)
Settlement of class action lawsuit(d)
Impairment of goodwill and other indefinite-lived 
intangibles (j)
Urgent care center losses(e)
Losses at skilled nursing facility not at full operation(f)
Acquisition related costs(g)
Costs incurred to recognize income tax credits(h)
Rent related to items (e) and (f) above(i)

Adjusted EBITDA

Facility rent—cost of services
Less: rent related to items (e) and (f) above(i)

Adjusted EBITDAR

_______________________

$

23,854
186
1,804
12,281
20,003
33,909
92,037
13,613
$ 105,650

$

$

92,037
33,000
4,050
1,098
1,524

$

39,808
783
1,357
11,974
25,134
28,358
$ 107,414
13,281
$ 120,695

$ 107,414
15,000
—
1,945
2,596

490
1,844
1,256
288
145
1,009
$ 136,741
13,613
(1,009)
$ 149,345

2,225
546
—
250
591
860
$ 131,427
13,281
(860)
$ 143,848

$

47,675
—
—
13,529
29,492
23,286
$ 113,982
13,725
$ 127,707

$ 113,982
—
—
1,544
—

—
—
—
452
—
—
$ 115,978
13,725
—
$ 129,703

$

40,526
—
—
8,875
26,253
16,633
92,287
14,478
$ 106,765

$

$

92,287
—
—
—
—

185
—
—
150
—
—
92,622
14,478
—
$ 107,100

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

32,486
—
—
5,412
21,040
13,276
72,214
14,703
86,917

72,214
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
349
—
—
72,563
14,703
—
87,266

(a)  Charges related to our resolution of any claims connected to the DOJ settlement.
(b)  Expenses incurred in connection with the Company's proposed spin-off of its real estate assets to a newly formed publicly traded real 

estate investment trust (REIT).

(c)  Legal costs incurred in connection with the DOJ settlement.
(d)  Settlement of a class action lawsuit regarding minimum staffing requirements in the State of California.
(e)  Losses incurred at newly opened urgent care centers, excluding rent, depreciation, interest and income taxes.
(f)  Losses incurred through the second quarter at one newly constructed skilled nursing facility which began operations during the first 
quarter of 2013, excluding rent, depreciation, interest and income taxes.  The facility began running at full capacity during the third 
quarter of 2013, and therefore, results for the third and fourth quarters were not included in the results above.

(g)  Costs incurred to acquire operations which are not capitalizable.
(h)  Costs incurred to recognize income tax credits which contributed to a decrease in effective tax rate.
(i)  Rent related to newly opened urgent care centers and one newly constructed skilled nursing facility which began operations during 

(j) 

the first quarter of 2013, not included in items (e) and (f) above.
Impairment charges to goodwill for a skilled nursing facility in Utah during the year ended December 31, 2013 and a decline in the 
estimated fair value of redeemable noncontrolling interest of our urgent care franchising business during the year ended December 31, 
2012.

60

 
 
Item 7.   

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, 
which  appear  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.  This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and 
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of 
various  factors,  including  those  discussed  below  and  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.  See  Item 1A. -  “Risk  Factors”    and 
"Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

We, through our subsidiaries, provide skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 119 facilities, 
nine home health and seven hospice operations, seven urgent care centers and a mobile x-ray and diagnostic company as of 
December 31,  2013,  located  in  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Texas,  Utah  and 
Washington.  Our operations, each of which strives to be the operation of choice in the community it serves, provides a broad 
spectrum of healthcare services including skilled nursing, assisted living, home health and hospice, mobile ancillary, and urgent 
care services.  Our facilities have a collective capacity of approximately 13,200 operational skilled nursing, assisted living and 
independent living beds. As of December 31, 2013, we owned 96 of its 119 facilities and operated an additional 23 facilities 
through long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase two of those 23 facilities. 

The following table summarizes our facilities and operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds 

by ownership status as of December 31, 2013:

Number of facilities
Percent of total

Owned
96
80.7%

Operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds

10,443

Percent of total

79.1%

Leased
(with a
Purchase
Option)
2
1.7%
414
3.1%

Leased
(without a
Purchase
Option)
21
17.6%

2,347

17.8%

Total

119
100.0%

13,204

100.0%

The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. All of our skilled 
nursing, assisted living and home health and hospice operations are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, 
which have their own management, employees and assets. In addition, one of our wholly-owned independent subsidiaries, which 
we  call  our  Service  Center,  provides  centralized  accounting,  payroll,  human  resources,  information  technology,  legal,  risk 
management  and  other  services  to  each  operating  subsidiary  through  contractual  relationships  between  such  subsidiaries.  In 
addition, we have the Captive that provides some claims-made coverage to our operating subsidiaries for general and professional 
liability, as well as for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities. References herein to the consolidated “Company” and 
“its” assets and activities, as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant 
to imply that The Ensign Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service 
Center or the Captive are operated by the same entity.

Recent Developments

Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) Spin-Off — On November 7, 2013, we announced a plan to separate our healthcare 

business and real estate business into two separate, publicly traded companies: 

•  Ensign, which will continue to provide healthcare services through its existing operations; and
•  CareTrust REIT, Inc. (CareTrust), which will own, acquire and lease real estate serving the healthcare industry.

We intend to accomplish the proposed separation by distributing all of the outstanding shares of CareTrust common stock 
to our stockholders on a pro rata basis (the Spin-Off). At the time of the Spin-Off, CareTrust, which is currently a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of ours, will hold substantially all of the real property owned by us, and will own and operate three independent living 
facilities. After the Spin-Off, all of these properties (except for three independent living facilities that CareTrust will operate) will 
be leased to us on a triple-net basis, under which we will be responsible for all costs at the properties, including property taxes, 
insurance and maintenance and repair costs.

61

The proposed Spin-Off is conditioned on, among other things, final approval by our board of directors, the receipt of a 
ruling from the IRS that, among other things, the Spin-Off will qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 
the receipt of an opinion of counsel as to the satisfaction of certain requirements for such tax-free treatment, and the receipt of an 
opinion of counsel that, commencing with CareTrust's taxable year ending on December 31, 2014, CareTrust has been organized 
in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and its 
proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

U.S. Government Inquiry Settlement — In April 2013, we and government representatives reached an agreement in principle 
to resolve the allegations and close the investigation. Based on these discussions, we recorded and announced an additional charge 
in the amount of $33.0 million in the first quarter of 2013, increasing the total reserve to resolve the matter to $48.0 million (the 
Reserve Amount). 

In October 2013, we completed and executed a settlement agreement (the Settlement Agreement) with the DOJ and received 
the final approval of the Office of Inspector General-HHS and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. 
The settlement agreement fully and finally resolves the previously disclosed DOJ investigation and any ancillary claims which 
have been pending since 2006.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, we made a single lump-sum remittance to the government 
in the amount of $48.0 million in October 2013.  We have denied engaging in any illegal conduct, and have agreed to the settlement 
amount without any admission of wrongdoing in order to resolve the allegations and to avoid the uncertainty and expense of 
protracted litigation.

In connection with the settlement and effective as of October 1, 2013, we entered into a five-year corporate integrity agreement 
with the Office of Inspector General-HHS (the CIA).  The CIA acknowledges the existence of our current compliance program, 
and requires that we continue during the term of the CIA to maintain a compliance program designed to promote compliance with 
the statutes, regulations, and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other Federal health care programs.  Our participation 
in federal healthcare programs is not affected by the Settlement Agreement or the CIA. In the event of an uncured material breach 
of the CIA, we could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs and/or subject to prosecution.  See further 
details of the CIA at Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Urgent Care Franchising — On March 25, 2013 we announced that our urgent care subsidiary, Immediate Clinic Healthcare, 
Inc., agreed to terms to sell Doctors Express, a national urgent care franchise system.  The sale of specific assets and liabilities of 
Doctors Express was finalized on April 15, 2013.  In accordance with the authoritative guidance for the disposal of long-lived 
asset, the sale of Doctors Express has been accounted for as discontinued operations.  Accordingly, the results of operations of 
this business for all periods presented and the loss or impairment related to this divesture have been classified as discontinued 
operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  As the sale was effective April 15, 2013, all assets and liabilities 
included in the sale were recorded as held for sale on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012.  
See Note 4, Discontinued Operations in Notes to consolidated Financial Statements.

Facility Acquisition History

The following table sets forth the location of our facilities and the number of operational beds located at our facilities as 

of December 31, 2013:

Number of facilities

36

13

27

12

6

CA

AZ

TX

UT

CO

WA
6

ID

NV

NE

IA

6

3

5

5

Total
119

Operational skilled nursing,
assisted living and independent
living beds

3,973

1,902

3,353

1,413

505

555

477

304

366

356

13,204

During the first quarter of 2013, we acquired a three home health operations in Washington and Texas, three hospice operations 
in Arizona, California and Washington, respectively, and one skilled nursing facility in Texas, in six separate transactions, for an 
aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.6 million, which was paid in cash.  The skilled nursing facility acquisition added 
150 operational skilled nursing beds to our operations.  The home health and hospice acquisitions did not have an impact on our 
operational bed count.  

During the second quarter of  2013, we acquired five skilled nursing facilities in Texas, Nebraska and Washington and three 
assisted  living  facilities  in Washington,  California  and  Utah  in  five  separate  transactions  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of 
approximately $28.7 million, which was paid in cash.  These acquisitions added 460 operational skilled nursing beds and 281 
operational assisted living units to our operations.

62

During  the  third  quarter  of  2013,  we  acquired  a  skilled  nursing  facility  and  an  urgent  care  center  in  Washington  for 
approximately $6.1 million, which was paid in cash.  The skilled nursing acquisition added 82 operational skilled nursing beds to  
our operations.  The urgent care center acquisition did not have an impact on our bed count.

We also entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as part of each transaction noted above.  

See further discussion of facility acquisitions in Note 8, Acquisitions in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Key Performance Indicators

We manage our skilled nursing business by monitoring key performance indicators that affect our financial performance. 

These indicators and their definitions include the following:

•  Routine revenue: Routine revenue is generated by the contracted daily rate charged for all contractually inclusive skilled 
nursing services. The inclusion of therapy and other ancillary treatments varies by payor source and by contract. Services 
provided outside of the routine contractual agreement are recorded separately as ancillary revenue, including Medicare 
Part B therapy services, and are not included in the routine revenue definition.

• 

• 

Skilled revenue: The amount of routine revenue generated from patients in our skilled nursing facilities who are receiving 
higher levels of care under Medicare, managed care, Medicaid, or other skilled reimbursement programs. The other skilled 
residents that are included in this population represent very high acuity residents who are receiving high levels of nursing 
and ancillary services which are reimbursed by payors other than Medicare or managed care. Skilled revenue excludes 
any revenue generated from our assisted living services.

Skilled mix: The amount of our skilled revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Skilled mix (in days) represents 
the number of days our Medicare, managed care, or other skilled patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing 
facilities divided by the total number of days patients (less days from assisted living services) from all payor sources are 
receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities for any given period (less days from assisted living services).

•  Quality mix: The amount of routine non-Medicaid revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Quality mix (in 
days) represents the number of days our non-Medicaid patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities 
divided by the total number of days patients from all payor sources are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities 
for any given period (less days from assisted living services).

•  Average daily rates: The routine revenue by payor source for a period at our skilled nursing facilities divided by actual 

patient days for that revenue source for that given period.

•  Occupancy percentage (operational beds): The total number of residents occupying a bed in a skilled nursing, assisted 
living or independent living facility as a percentage of the beds in a facility which are available for occupancy during the 
measurement period.

•  Number of facilities and operational beds: The total number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living 

facilities that we own or operate and the total number of operational beds associated with these facilities.

Skilled and Quality Mix. Like most skilled nursing providers, we measure both patient days and revenue by payor. Medicare, 
managed care and other skilled patients, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, typically require a higher level of skilled nursing 
and rehabilitative care. Accordingly, Medicare and managed care reimbursement rates are typically higher than from other payors. 
In most states, Medicaid reimbursement rates are generally the lowest of all payor types. Changes in the payor mix can significantly 
affect our revenue and profitability.

63

The following table summarizes our overall skilled mix and quality mix for the periods indicated as a percentage of our total 
routine revenue (less revenue from assisted living services) and as a percentage of total patient days (less days from assisted living 
services):

Skilled Mix:

Days

Revenue
Quality Mix:

Days

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

26.4%

50.0%

40.1%

59.5%

25.9%

50.0%

39.1%

59.5%

25.5%

51.3%

38.1%

60.1%

Occupancy. We define occupancy as the ratio of actual patient days (one patient day equals one resident occupying one bed 
for one day) during any measurement period to the number of beds in facilities which are available for occupancy during the 
measurement period. The number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living 
facility that are actually operational and available for occupancy may be less than the total official licensed bed capacity. This 
sometimes occurs due to the permanent dedication of bed space to alternative purposes, such as enhanced therapy treatment space 
or other desirable uses calculated to improve service offerings and/or operational efficiencies in a facility. In some cases, three- 
and four-bed wards have been reduced to two-bed rooms for resident comfort, and larger wards have been reduced to conform to 
changes  in  Medicare  requirements. These  beds  are  seldom  expected  to  be  placed  back  into  service. We  define  occupancy  in 
operational beds as the ratio of actual patient days during any measurement period to the number of available patient days for that 
period. We believe that reporting occupancy based on operational beds is consistent with industry practices and provides a more 
useful measure of actual occupancy performance from period to period.

The following table summarizes our overall occupancy statistics for the periods indicated:

Occupancy:

Operational beds at end of period
Available patient days
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage (based on operational beds)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

13,204
4,710,768
3,648,651

12,198
4,371,034
3,452,598

11,702
3,945,511
3,124,724

77.5%

79.0%

79.2%

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Sources

Our total revenue represents revenue derived primarily from providing services to patients and residents of skilled nursing 
facilities, and to a lesser extent from assisted living facilities and ancillary services. We receive service revenue from Medicaid, 
Medicare, private payors and other third-party payors, and managed care sources. The sources and amounts of our revenue are 
determined by a number of factors, including bed capacity and occupancy rates of our healthcare facilities, the mix of patients at 
our facilities and the rates of reimbursement among payors. Payment for ancillary services varies based upon the service provided 
and the type of payor. 

The following table sets forth our total revenue by payor source and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

Revenue:

Medicaid

Medicare
Medicaid-skilled

Total

Managed Care
Private and Other(1)

Total revenue

2013

Years Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

$

%

$

%

$

%

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 323,803

35.8% $ 302,046  

36.7% $ 277,736  

36.6%

292,917
36,085
652,805
118,168
133,583
$ 904,556

32.4
33.8
4.0
3.1
72.2
73.6
13.1
12.9
13.5
14.7
100.0% $ 823,155   100.0% $ 758,277   100.0%

278,578  
25,418  
606,042  
106,268  
110,845  

272,283  
20,290  
570,309  
94,266  
93,702  

35.9
2.7
75.2
12.4
12.4

(1) Private and other payors includes revenue from urgent care centers and other ancillary businesses.

Primary Components of Expense 

Cost  of  Services  (exclusive  of  facility  rent  and  depreciation  and  amortization  shown  separately).  Our  cost  of  services 
represents the costs of operating our facilities and primarily consists of payroll and related benefits, supplies, purchased services, 
and ancillary expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and therapy services provided to residents. Cost of services also includes the 
cost of general and professional liability insurance and other general cost of services with respect to our operations. 

Facility Rent - Cost of Services.  Facility rent - cost of services consists solely of base minimum rent amounts payable under 
lease agreements to third-party owners of the facilities that we operate but do not own and does not include taxes, insurance, 
impounds, capital reserves or other charges payable under the applicable lease agreements. 

General and Administrative Expense.  General and administrative expense consists primarily of payroll and related benefits 
and travel expenses for our Service Center personnel, including training and other operational support. General and administrative 
expense also includes professional fees (including accounting and legal fees), costs relating to our information systems, stock-
based compensation and rent for our Service Center office.

Depreciation  and  Amortization.  Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  their  original  historical  cost.  Depreciation  is 
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. The following is a summary of 
the depreciable lives of our depreciable assets: 

Buildings and improvements
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment

Minimum of three years to a maximum of 57 years, generally 45 years
Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life, generally 5 to 15 years
3 to 10 years

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial 
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The 
preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis we review our 
judgments and estimates, including, but not limited to,  those related to doubtful accounts, income taxes, stock compensation, 
intangible assets and loss contingencies. We base our estimates and judgments upon our historical experience, knowledge of current 
conditions and our belief of what could occur in the future considering available information, including assumptions that we 
believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree 
of  uncertainty  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  the  amounts  reported.  The  following  summarizes  our  critical 
accounting policies, defined as those policies that we believe: (a) are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition 
and results of operations; and (b) require management's most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to 
make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition 

We recognize revenue when the following four conditions have been met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement 
exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably 
assured.  Our revenue is derived primarily from providing healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date services 
are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, 
including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per 
patient, daily basis.

Revenue from Medicare and Medicaid programs account for 72.2%,  73.6% and 75.2% of our revenue for the years ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  We record revenue from these governmental and managed care programs as 
services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. Our revenue from governmental and managed 
care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare 
industry accounting practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or 
adjustment becomes known based on final settlement. We recorded retroactive adjustments to revenue which were not material 
to our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Our service specific revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Skilled Nursing Revenue

Our revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date 
services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party 
payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on 
a per patient, daily basis. We record revenue from private pay patients, at the agreed-upon rate, as services are performed.

Home Health Revenue

Medicare Revenue 

Net service revenue is recorded under the Medicare prospective payment system based on a 60-day episode payment rate 
that is subject to adjustment based on certain variables including, but not limited to: (a) an outlier payment if patient care was 
unusually costly; (b) a low utilization payment adjustment if the number of visits was fewer than five; (c) a partial payment if the 
patient transferred to another provider or we received a patient from another provider before completing the episode; (d) a payment 
adjustment based upon the level of therapy services required; (e) the number of episodes of care provided to a patient, regardless 
of whether the same home health provider provided care for the entire series of episodes; (f) changes in the base episode payments 
established by the Medicare Program; (g) adjustments to the base episode payments for case mix and geographic wages; and (h) 
recoveries of overpayments. 

We make adjustments to Medicare revenue on completed episodes to reflect differences between estimated and actual payment 
amounts, an inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and other reasons 
unrelated to credit risk. Therefore, we believe that its reported net service revenue and patient accounts receivable will be the net 
amounts to be realized from Medicare for services rendered. 

66

In addition to revenue recognized on completed episodes,we also recognize a portion of revenue associated with episodes 
in progress. Episodes in progress are 60-day episodes of care that begin during the reporting period, but were not completed as of 
the end of the period.  Thereby, estimating revenue and recognizing it on a daily basis.

Non-Medicare Revenue

Episodic Based Revenue — We recognize revenue in a similar manner as it recognizes Medicare revenue for episodic-
based rates that are paid by other insurance carriers, including Medicare Advantage programs; however, these rates can vary 
based upon the negotiated terms.

Non-episodic Based Revenue — Revenue is recorded on an accrual basis based upon the date of service at amounts equal 

to its established or estimated per-visit rates, as applicable.

Hospice Revenue 

Revenue is recorded on an accrual basis based upon the date of service at amounts equal to the estimated payment rates. 
The estimated payment rates are daily rates for each of the levels of care we deliver. We make adjustments to revenue for an 
inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and other reasons unrelated to credit 
risk.  Additionally, as Medicare hospice revenue is subject to an inpatient cap limit and an overall payment cap, we monitor our 
provider numbers and estimates amounts due back to Medicare if a cap has been exceeded. We record these adjustments as a 
reduction to revenue and increases to other accrued liabilities.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from Medicare and Medicaid programs, other government programs, 
managed care health plans and private payor sources. Estimated provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded to the extent it is 
probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected.  

In evaluating the collectability of accounts receivable, we consider a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, 
changes in collection patterns, the composition of patient accounts by payor type and the status of ongoing disputes with third-
party payors.  On an annual basis, the historical collection percentages are reviewed by payor and by state and are updated to 
reflect the recent collection experience of the Company.  In order to determine the appropriate reserve rate percentages which 
ultimately establish the allowance, the Company analyzes historical cash collection patterns by payor and by state.  The percentages 
applied to the aged receivable balances are based on the Company’s historical experience and time limits, if any, for managed 
care, Medicare, Medicaid and other payors. The Company periodically refines its estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances.

Self-Insurance

We are partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim (the self-insured retention) 
with an aggregate, one-time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured through third-party policies 
with coverage limits per claim, per location and on an aggregate basis for us. For claims made after January 1, 2013, the self-
insured retention was $0.5 million per claim, subject to an additional one-time deductible of $1.0 million for California facilities 
and a separate, one-time deductible of $0.8 million for non-California facilities.  For all facilities, except those located in Colorado, 
the third-party coverage above these amounts was $1.0 million per claim, $3.0 million per facility, with a $5.0 million blanket 
aggregate available to both California and non-California operations separately.  In Colorado, the third-party coverage above these 
limits was $1.0 million per claim and $3.0 million per facility, which is independent of the aforementioned blanket aggregate 
applicable to our other 113 facilities.

The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and workers' compensation are self-
insured through the Captive, the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but are not 
limited to, maintaining statutory capital. Our policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially estimated costs to settle open 
claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. We develop 
information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, 
and evaluates the estimates for claim loss exposure on a quarterly basis.

67

Our operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. To protect ourself against loss 
exposure in California with this policy, we purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that 
exceed $0.5 million for each occurrence.  In Texas, the operating subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber status for workers’ 
compensation claims and, effective February 1, 2011, we purchased individual stop-loss  coverage that insures individual claims 
that exceed $0.8 million for each occurrence. Our operating subsidiaries in other states have third party guaranteed cost coverage. 
In California and Texas, we accrue amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost 
of claims that have been incurred but not reported. We use actuarial valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience 
and industry information.

We provide self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of its employees. 
We are fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect ourself against loss exposure with this policy, 
we purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $0.3 million for each covered 
person with an aggregate individual stop loss deductible of $0.1 million.

We believe that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated balance sheets for liabilities that may arise out of 
patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of our reserves was 
determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. This 
estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this 
monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, with the assistance of an independent actuary, develop information 
about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant 
assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not 
reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. The self-insured liabilities are based 
upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess 
of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible 
that we could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If our actual liability exceeds its estimates 
of loss, its future earnings, cash flows and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax 
basis of our assets and liabilities at tax rates in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. We generally expect 
to fully utilize our deferred tax assets; however, when necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax 
assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

When we take uncertain income tax positions that do not meet the recognition criteria, we record a liability for underpayment 
of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability for such positions, 
we must consider the potential outcomes from a review of the positions by the taxing authorities.

In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the annual income tax rate, or the need for and magnitude of liabilities 
for uncertain tax positions, we make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are based on, among 
other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when appropriate, the opinions of 
advisors with knowledge and expertise in certain fields. Due to certain risks associated with our estimates and assumptions, actual 
results could differ.

Noncontrolling Interest

The  noncontrolling  interest  in  a  subsidiary  is  initially  recognized  at  estimated  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date  and  is 
presented  within  total  equity  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.    We  present  the  noncontrolling  interest  and  the  amount  of 
consolidated net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc. in our consolidated statements of income and net income per share 
is calculated based on net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.'s stockholders.  The carrying amount of the noncontrolling 
interest is adjusted based on an allocation of subsidiary earnings based on ownership interest.

68

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We evaluate variable and fixed interest rate risk exposure on a routine basis and to the extent we believe that it is appropriate, 
we will offset most of our variable risk exposure by entering into interest rate swap agreements. It is our policy to only utilize 
derivative instruments for hedging purposes (i.e. not for speculation). We formally designate our interest rate swap agreements as 
hedges and document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items. We formally assess the effectiveness of 
our hedging relationships, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, then measure and record ineffectiveness. We would 
discontinue hedge accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting change in 
the cash flows of a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) if it is no longer probable 
that the forecasted transaction will occur, or (iv) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument 
is no longer appropriate. The Company’s derivative is recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Except for rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws and a limited number of 
grandfathered standards, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ (ASC) is the sole source of authoritative GAAP literature 
recognized by the FASB and applicable to the Company.  The Company has reviewed the FASB issued Accounting Standards 
Update (ASU) accounting pronouncements and interpretations thereof that have effectiveness dates during the periods reported 
and in future periods. The Company has carefully considered the new pronouncements that alter previous generally accepted 
accounting principles and does not believe that any new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company's 
reported financial position or operations in the near term. The applicability of any standard is subject to the formal review of the 
Company's financial management and certain standards are under consideration.

Additionally, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board are working on joint convergence projects to 
address  accounting  differences  between  GAAP  and  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  in  order  to  support  their 
commitment to achieve a single set of high-quality global accounting standards. One of the projects under deliberation includes 
accounting for leases. If enacted in its current draft form, we anticipate that the lease accounting proposal could have an impact 
on our consolidated financial statements; however the FASB's standard-setting process is ongoing and until new standards have 
been finalized and issued, we cannot quantify and determine the impact on our consolidated financial statements that may result 
from such  future changes.

69

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth details of our revenue, expenses and earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the 

periods indicated:

Revenue

Expenses:

Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent, general and administrative expense and
depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

U.S. Government inquiry settlement

Facility rent—cost of services

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Interest income

Other expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income

Less: net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

80.3

3.6

1.5

4.4

3.8

93.6

6.4

(1.4)
—
(1.4)
5.0
2.2
2.8
(0.2)
2.6
(0.1)
2.7%

79.7

1.8

1.6

3.9

3.4

90.4

9.6

(1.5)
—
(1.5)
8.1
3.1
5.0
(0.2)
4.8
(0.1)
4.9%

79.2

—

1.8

3.9

3.1

88.0

12.0

(1.8)
—
(1.8)
10.2
3.9
6.3
—
6.3
—
6.3%

70

 
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Total Facility Results:

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Same Facility Results(1):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Transitioning Facility Results(2):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Recently Acquired Facility Results(3):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

_______________________

Years Ended
December 31,

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

904,556
119
3,648,651

$

823,155
108
3,452,598

$

81,401
11
196,053

77.5%
26.4%
50.0%

79.0%  
25.9%  
50.0%  

9.9 %
10.2 %
5.7 %
(1.5)%
0.5 %
— %

Years Ended
December 31,

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

679,610
77
2,618,541

$

670,747
77
2,638,029

$

8,863
—
(19,488)

80.8%
28.3%
52.1%

81.2%  
27.5%  
52.0%  

1.3 %
— %
(0.7)%
(0.4)%
0.8 %
0.1 %

Years Ended
December 31,

2012
2013
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

141,180
25
724,243

$

135,639
25
736,995

$

5,541
—
(12,752)

73.8%
20.2%
42.0%

74.9%  
18.2%  
39.2%  

4.1 %
— %
(1.7)%
(1.1)%
2.0 %
2.8 %

Years Ended
December 31,

2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

$

83,766
17
305,867

16,769
6
77,574

$

66,997
11
228,293

62.7%
18.0%
38.1%

55.5%
11.2%  
20.9%  

NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM

(1)  Same Facility results represent all facilities purchased prior to January 1, 2010. 
(2)  Transitioning Facility results represents all facilities purchased from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011.
(3)  Recently Acquired Facility (or “Acquisitions”) results represent all facilities purchased on or subsequent to January 1, 2012.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue. Revenue increased $81.4 million, or 9.9%, to $904.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 
$823.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Of the $81.4 million increase, Medicare and managed care revenue increased 
$26.2  million,  or  6.8%,  Medicaid  custodial  revenue  increased  $21.8  million,  or  7.2%,  private  and  other  revenue  increased 
$22.7 million, or 20.5% and Medicaid skilled revenue increased $10.7 million, or 42.0%.  Revenue generated by Recently Acquired 
Facilities increased by approximately $67.0 million. Since January 1, 2012, the Company has acquired seventeen facilities, five 
home health and four hospice operations in seven states.

Revenue generated by Same Facilities increased $8.9 million, or 1.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 
the year ended December 31, 2012.  This increase was primarily due to an increase in skilled mix days of 0.8% to 28.3% as 
compared  to  2012.    This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in    managed  care  days  of  11.1%  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a decrease in Medicare days of 5.4% 
during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.   

Revenue at Transitioning Facilities increased by $5.5 million, or 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared 
to the year ended December 31, 2012.  This increase was due to a 2.0% increase in skilled mix days primarily attributable to 
increases in Medicare days of 5.6% and managed care days of 13.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2012.    

The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding services 

that are not covered by the daily rate:

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

%

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

Change

Years Ended
December 31,

Skilled Nursing Average
Daily Revenue Rates:

Medicare
Managed care
Other skilled

Total skilled revenue

Medicaid
Private and other payors
Total skilled nursing
revenue

$ 564.45
398.86
455.88
492.13
176.97
188.44

$ 555.44
391.08
457.58
490.63
168.85
189.62

$ 474.16
378.70
708.32
462.86
158.45
167.45

$ 471.25
395.32
529.85
460.25
155.16
165.93

$ 461.98
458.55
253.00
460.78
167.26
154.87

$ 418.73
427.52

$ 544.51
400.44
— 460.76
487.53
174.04
179.40

418.88
204.57
168.26

$ 541.63
391.32
458.67
486.98
167.78
181.52

0.5 %
2.3 %
0.5 %
0.1 %
3.7 %
(1.2)%

$ 267.38

$ 259.48

$ 222.39

$ 213.93

$ 218.10

$ 223.11

$ 257.67

$ 252.18

2.2 %

The average Medicare daily rate increased by 0.5%.  This rate was impacted by a 1.8% market basket increase, which went 
into effect in October 2012 and a market basket increase of 1.3%, which went into effect October 2013.  These market basket 
increases were offset by a 2% sequestration payment reduction that went into effect on April 1, 2013.  The average Medicaid daily 
rate increased 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 relative to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to increases 
in rates in various states, including Arizona and California.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services. We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the 
quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following tables set forth our 
percentage of skilled nursing patient revenue and days by payor source:

Percentage of Skilled Nursing
Revenue:

Medicare

Managed care

Other skilled

Skilled mix

Private and other payors

Quality mix

Medicaid

Years Ended December 31,

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

31.3%

33.0%

35.1%

33.3%

26.6%

20.6%

31.4%

32.9%

15.2

5.6

52.1

7.5

59.6

40.4

13.7

5.3

52.0

7.6

59.6

40.4

5.7

1.2

42.0

21.4

63.4

36.6

5.3

0.6

39.2

22.6

61.8

38.2

11.5

—

38.1

12.1

50.2

49.8

0.3

—

20.9

11.2

32.1

67.9

13.9

4.7

50.0

9.5

59.5

40.5

12.4

4.7

50.0

9.5

59.5

40.5

Total skilled nursing

100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Years Ended December 31,

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

Percentage of Skilled Nursing
Days:

Medicare
Managed care
Other skilled
Skilled mix

Private and other payors

Quality mix

Medicaid
Total skilled nursing

14.8%
10.2
3.3
28.3
10.7
39.0
61.0
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

15.4%
9.1
3.0
27.5
10.4
37.9
62.1

16.5%
3.3
0.4
20.2
28.4
48.6
51.4

12.6%
5.4
—
18.0
17.0
35.0
65.0

15.1%
2.8
0.3
18.2
29.2
47.4
52.6

11.0%
0.2
—
11.2
14.7
25.9
74.1

14.8%
8.9
2.7
26.4
13.7
40.1
59.9

15.3%
8.0
2.6
25.9
13.2
39.1
60.9

Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately). Cost of services increased 
$69.6 million, or 10.6%, to $726.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $656.4 million for the year ended 
December 31,  2012.    Of  the  $69.6  million  increase,  Same  Facilities  increased  $7.9  million,  or  1.5%,  and  Recently Acquired 
Facilities increased $55.9 million.  The increase at Same Facilities was primarily related to an increase in quality assurance fee of 
$3.7 million in certain states where related Medicaid rates were also increased.  In addition, we recorded additional costs of $1.5 
million related to the class action staffing lawsuit during the year ended December 31, 2013.  Cost of services increased as a percent 
of total revenue to 80.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 79.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Charge Related to U.S. Government Inquiry. The Company recorded an additional charge in the amount of $33.0 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to investigation into some of our subsidiaries conducted by the DOJ.  During 
the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company accrued an estimated liability of $15.0 million.  See further discussion of the 
DOJ investigation and related estimated settlement in Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Facility Rent — Cost of Services. Facility rent — cost of services increased $0.3 million, or 2.3%, to $13.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Facility rent-cost of services 
decreased as a percent of total revenue to 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 1.6% for the year ended 
December 31, 2012.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $8.3 million, or 26.1%, to $40.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  General and administrative 
expenses increased as a percent of total revenue to 4.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 3.9% for the year 
ended December 31, 2012.  The $8.3 million increase was primarily due to costs incurred in connection with the Company's 
proposed spin-off of its real estate assets to a newly formed publicly traded real estate investment trust (REIT) and wages and 
benefits as a result of enhancements made to its internal compliance team.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $5.5 million, or 19.4%, to $33.9 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Depreciation and amortization 
expense increased as a percent of total revenue to 3.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 3.4% for the year 
ended December 31, 2012.  This increase was primarily related to the additional depreciation of $3.5 million at Recently Acquired 
Facilities, as well as an increase of $1.9 million at Same Facilities due to recent renovations and the purchase of the underlying 
assets of three of our skilled nursing facilities which we previously operated under long-term lease agreements during the year 
ended December 31, 2012. Of the $3.5 million increase at Recently Acquired Facilities, $0.7 million represented amortization 
expense of patient base intangible assets which are amortized over four to eight months. 

Other Income (Expense). Other expense, net increased $0.3 million, or 2.6%, to $12.3 million for the year ended  December 31, 
2013 as compared to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Other expenses, net decreased as a percent of total 
revenue to 1.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 1.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes decreased $5.1 million, or 20.3%, to $20.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013 as compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This decrease resulted from the decrease 
in income before income taxes.  Our effective tax rate was  43.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 37.9% 
for the year ended December 31, 2012.

74

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Total Facility Results:

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Same Facility Results(1):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Transitioning Facility Results(2):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

Recently Acquired Facility Results(3):

Revenue
Number of facilities at period end
Actual patient days
Occupancy percentage — Operational beds
Skilled mix by nursing days
Skilled mix by nursing revenue

_______________________

Years Ended
December 31,

2012
2011
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

823,155
108
3,452,598

$

758,277
102
3,124,724

$

64,878
6
327,874

79.0%
25.9%
50.0%

79.2%  
25.5%  
51.3%  

8.6 %
5.9 %
10.5 %
(0.2)%
0.4 %
(1.3)%

Years Ended
December 31,

2011
2012
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

563,719
62
2,152,011

$

568,087
62
2,137,951

$

(4,368)
—
14,060

82.7%
29.5%
54.2%

82.2%  
29.0%  
55.4%  

(0.8)%
— %
0.7 %
0.5 %
0.5 %
(1.2)%

Years Ended
December 31,

2012
2011
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

147,104
20
662,290

$

138,521
20
640,396

$

8,583
—
21,894

75.0%
18.3%
39.0%

72.7%  
16.3%  
37.3%  

6.2%
—%
3.4%
2.3%
2.0%
1.7%

Years Ended
December 31,

2012
2011
(Dollars in thousands)

Change

% Change

$

112,332
26
638,297

$

51,669
20
346,377

$

60,663
6
291,920

72.1%
17.5%
38.2%

74.9%  
14.2%  
34.0%  

NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM

(1)  Same Facility results represent all facilities purchased prior to January 1, 2009. 
(2)  Transitioning Facility results represents all facilities purchased from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2010.
(3)  Recently Acquired Facility (or “Acquisitions”) results represent all facilities purchased on or subsequent to January 1, 2011.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue. Revenue increased $64.9 million, or 8.6%, to $823.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 
$758.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the $64.9 million increase, Medicare and managed care revenue increased-
$18.3 million, or 5.0%, Medicaid revenue increased $24.3 million, or 8.8%, private and other revenue increased $17.2 million, or 
20.0% and other skilled revenue increased $5.1 million, or 25.3%.  Revenue generated by Recently Acquired Facilities increased 
by approximately $60.7 million, due to the Company's acquisition of 26 facilities, five home health and two hospice operations 
in ten states since January 1, 2011.

Revenue generated by Same Facilities decreased $4.4 million, or 0.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared 
to the year ended December 31, 2011.  Medicare revenue per patient day at Same Facilities decreased 8.6% during the year ended 
December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.  This decrease was primarily due to the impact of the 
CMS-imposed 11.1% reduction in Medicare skilled nursing PPS payments and therapy changes, which were implemented on 
October 1, 2011.  This reduction was partially offset by an increase in occupancy of 0.5% to 82.7%, as well as an increase in skilled 
mix by nursing days of 0.5%, to 29.5%, which was the result of an increase in other skilled patient days at Same Facilities of 9.8%, 
as well as increases in Medicare and managed care patient days as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

Revenue at Transitioning Facilities increased by $8.6 million, or 6.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared 
to the year ended December 31, 2011.  This increase was achieved despite a decrease in Medicare revenue per patient day of 7.1% 
at Transitioning Facilities for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in 
occupancy of 2.3% to 75.0%, as well as an increase in skilled mix by nursing days of 2.0%, to 18.3%, which was the result of 
increases in managed care and Medicare patient days of 35.4% and 6.6%, respectively, as compared to the year ended December 31, 
2011.

The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding services 

that are not covered by the daily rate:

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

%

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

Change

Years Ended December 31,

Skilled Nursing Average
Daily Revenue Rates:

Medicare
Managed care
Other skilled

Total skilled revenue

Medicaid
Private and other payors
Total skilled nursing
revenue

$ 564.94
377.94
521.11
492.71
170.76
196.64

$ 618.22
367.74
542.93
519.82
168.36
188.21

$ 485.07
408.23
571.97
470.08
164.91
167.34

$ 522.28
415.82
554.10
497.87
161.43
173.40

$ 471.49
400.94
610.62
461.19
154.04
165.64

$ 464.57
408.28

$ 541.63
382.13
— 528.00
486.98
167.78
181.52

458.06
138.48
158.35

$ 595.30
372.41
564.60
515.90
165.11
179.42

(9.0)%
2.6 %
(6.5)%
(5.6)%
1.6 %
1.2 %

$ 268.24

$ 272.35

$ 221.20

$ 218.01

$ 211.56

$ 191.02

$ 252.18

$ 256.34

(1.6)%

The 2011 results include the impact of the implementation of RUGS IV on both revenue reimbursement and related cost 
structure changes included in MDS 3.0 and concurrent therapy in the first three quarters of 2011.  Medicare daily rates decreased 
by 9.0%, due to the impact of the CMS imposed 11.1% reduction in Medicare skilled nursing PPS payments and therapy changes, 
which were implemented in October 2011.  The average Medicaid rate increased 1.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 
relative to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to increases in rates in several states and increased acuity in case mix 
states where rates were cut, partially offset by decreases in rates in Arizona due to changes in base reimbursement rates.

Historically, we have generally experienced lower occupancy rates, lower skilled mix and quality mix at Recently Acquired 
Facilities and therefore, we anticipate generally lower overall occupancy during years of growth.  In the future, if we acquire 
additional facilities into our overall portfolio, we expect this trend to continue. Accordingly, we anticipate our overall occupancy 
will vary from quarter to quarter based upon the maturity of the facilities within our portfolio.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services. We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the 
quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following tables set forth our 
percentage of skilled nursing patient revenue and days by payor source:

Percentage of Skilled Nursing
Revenue:

Medicare

Managed care

Other skilled

Skilled mix

Private and other payors

Quality mix

Medicaid

Years Ended December 31,

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

34.4%

37.1%

26.3%

28.3%

33.3%

30.5%

32.9%

35.3%

15.6

4.2

54.2

7.1

61.3

38.7

14.7

3.6

55.4

7.1

62.5

37.5

9.4

3.3

39.0

10.3

49.3

50.7

7.5

1.5

37.3

10.6

47.9

52.1

4.9

—

38.2

24.9

63.1

36.9

3.5

—

34.0

30.3

64.3

35.7

13.4

3.7

50.0

9.5

59.5

40.5

12.9

3.1

51.3

8.8

60.1

39.9

Total skilled nursing

100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Years Ended December 31,

Same Facility

Transitioning

Acquisitions

Total

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

Percentage of Skilled Nursing
Days:

Medicare
Managed care
Other skilled
Skilled mix

Private and other payors

Quality mix

Medicaid
Total skilled nursing

16.3%
11.2
2.0
29.5
9.7
39.2
60.8
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

16.3%
10.9
1.8
29.0
10.3
39.3
60.7

12.0%
5.1
1.2
18.3
13.6
31.9
68.1

14.9%
2.6
—
17.5
31.9
49.4
50.6

11.8%
3.9
0.6
16.3
13.4
29.7
70.3

12.5%
1.7
—
14.2
36.6
50.8
49.2

15.3%
9.0
1.6
25.9
13.2
39.1
60.9

15.2%
8.9
1.4
25.5
12.6
38.1
61.9

Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately). Cost of services increased 
$55.6 million, or 9.3%, to $656.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $600.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2011.  Of the $55.6 million increase, Same Facilities increased $1.4 million, or 0.3% and Recently Acquired Facilities 
increased $49.0 million.  The $1.4 million increase in Same Facility cost of services was primarily due to an increase in ancillary 
expenses, partially offset by decreases in wages and benefits. The increase in ancillary expenses was primarily due to increased 
therapy costs as was anticipated due to the change in therapy regulation implemented on October 1, 2011.  The decrease in wages 
and benefits was primarily due to reduced performance during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011.  Included 
in the $49.0 million increase in cost of services at Recently Acquired Facilities were impairment charges to intangible assets of 
$2.2 million resulting from a decline in fair value of DRX.  See further discussion of impairment charges at Note 11, Goodwill 
and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangibles in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  Cost of services increased as a percent of 
total revenue to 79.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 79.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Charge Related to U.S. Government Inquiry.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company accrued an estimated 
liability of $15.0 million related to the ongoing investigation into some of our subsidiaries being conducted by the DOJ.  See 
further discussion of the DOJ investigation and related estimated settlement in Liquidity and Capital Resources.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services. Facility rent — cost of services decreased $0.4 million, or 2.9%, to $13.3 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Facility rent-cost of services 
decreased as a percent of total revenue to 1.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.8% for the year ended 
December 31, 2011.  The decrease in facility rent is due to our purchase of the underlying assets of eight of our skilled nursing 
facilities in California, Utah and Idaho which we previously operated under long-term lease agreements, partially offset by additional 
rent recognized for a facility for which the Company has begun construction activities, but has not commenced operations of a 
skilled nursing facility as of December 31, 2012, new leases related to our urgent care centers, and normal annual increases in rent 
at leased facilities.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $2.0 million, or 6.7%, to $31.8 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. General and administrative 
expenses remained consistent as a percent of total revenue at 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The $2.0 
million increase was primarily due to increases in wages and benefits due to our growth and increased legal costs incurred in 
connection with the ongoing investigation into the billing and reimbursement process of some of our subsidiaries being conducted 
by the DOJ.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $5.1 million, or 21.9%, to $28.4 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation and amortization 
expense increased as a percent of total revenue to 3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 3.1% for the year 
ended December 31, 2011.  This increase was primarily related to the additional depreciation of $1.9 million at Recently Acquired 
Facilities, as well as increases of $2.0 million and $1.2 million at Same and Transitioning Facilities, respectively, due to recent 
renovations and the purchase of the underlying assets of eight of our skilled nursing facilities which we previously operated under 
a long-term lease agreements. Of the $1.9 million increase at Recently Acquired Facilities, $0.5 million represented amortization 
expense of patient base intangible assets which are amortized over four to eight months. 

Other  Income  (Expense).  Other  expense,  net  decreased  $1.5  million,  or  11.5%,  to  $12.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2012 compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in other expense, net was 
primarily the result of a one-time exit fee and related extinguishment fees of $2.5 million upon prepaying the Six Project Note and 
exiting  our  former  revolving  credit  facility  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011.   This  decrease  was  partially  offset  by 
increased interest expense due to the additional $21.5 million in long-term debt added with the promissory notes with RBS Asset 
Finance, Inc. (2012 RBS Loan) in February 2012.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes decreased $4.4 million, or 14.9%, to $25.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2012 compared to $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease resulted from the decrease 
in income before income taxes of $10.9 million, or 14.1%.  In addition, our effective tax rate decreased 0.3% to 37.9% for the year 
ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 38.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been derived from our cash flow from operations and long-term debt 

secured by our real property and our revolving credit facilities.

Since 2004, we have financed the majority of our facility acquisitions primarily through refinancing of existing facilities, 
and cash generated from operations. Cash paid for business acquisitions was $45.4 million, $31.6 million and $106.7 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Cash paid for asset acquisitions was $0, $11.3 million and $23.4 
million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Where we enter into a facility lease agreement, we 
typically do not pay any material amount to the prior facility operator, nor do we acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other 
than our rights and obligations under the new lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction.  Total capital 
expenditures for property and equipment were $29.8 million, $38.9 million and $40.8 million for the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We currently have a combined $30.0 million budgeted for renovation projects for 2014. 

We believe our current cash balances, our cash flow from operations and the revolving credit facility portion of our senior 
credit facility with a six-bank lending consortium arranged by SunTrust and Wells Fargo (the Senior Credit Facility), which was 
increased from $75.0 million to $150.0 million on February 1, 2013, will be sufficient to cover our operating needs for at least 
the next 12 months.  We may in the future seek to raise additional capital to fund growth, capital renovations, operations and other 
business activities, but such additional capital may not be available on acceptable terms, on a timely basis, or at all.

78

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 consisted of bank term deposits, money market funds and U.S. 
Treasury bill related investments. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we held debt security investments of approximately 
$22.4 million, which were split between AA- and A-rated securities.  Our market risk exposure is interest income sensitivity, which 
is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve 
principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. 
Due to the low risk profile of our investment portfolio, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect 
on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to 
any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we anticipate that CareTrust will assume the mortgage debt related to certain of the properties 
it acquires.  CareTrust will also issue senior unsecured notes and mortgage indebtedness.  A portion of those proceeds is expected 
to be transferred to us.  We expect that we will use the proceeds to repay certain outstanding third-party bank debt and other 
indebtedness and, subject to the approval of and declaration by our board of directors, pay up to eight regular quarterly dividends. 
The Spin-Off and related transactions are subject to conditions, and their terms are subject to change in the sole discretion of our 
board of directors.  Further details can be found at CareTrust's  registration statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-36181) filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2014.   

The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statement of cash flows for the periods presented:

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

2011

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012
(In thousands)
$ 82,050
(84,496)
13,547
11,101
29,584
$ 40,685

$ 37,424
(65,235)
52,881
25,070
40,685
$ 65,755

$ 72,687
(156,052)
40,861
(42,504)
72,088
$ 29,584

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $37.4 million compared to $82.1 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $44.7 million. This decrease was primarily due to the payment of the U.S. 
Government investigation settlement of $15.0 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $11.1 million as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2012 and an increase in prepaid income taxes of $8.2 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 
2012, due to the timing of payments.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $65.2 million compared to $84.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $19.3 million. The decrease was primarily the result of $71.3 million in cash 
paid for business acquisitions, asset acquisitions and purchased property and equipment in the year ended December 31, 2013 
compared to $86.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $14.9 million.  The remainder of this difference 
is due to cash proceeds received on the sale of the Company's urgent care franchising business of $3.6 million and equity method 
investment of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $52.9 million as compared to $13.5 
million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $39.4 million. This increase was primarily due to the receipt of 
$58.7 million in borrowing proceeds from our Senior Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 
$36.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $22.2 million, combined with a decrease in long-term debt 
repayments of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2012, a decrease of $9.6 million.

79

 
Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $82.1 million compared to $72.7 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $9.4 million.  The increase was primarily due to our improved operating 
results,  which  contributed  $94.5  million  in  2012  after  adding  back  depreciation  and  amortization,  the  charge  related  to  U.S. 
Government inquiry, impairment charges, deferred income taxes, provision for doubtful accounts, share-based compensation, 
excess tax benefits from share-based compensation and loss on disposition of property and equipment (non-cash charges), as 
compared to $85.3 million for 2011, an increase of $9.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $84.5 million compared to $156.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $71.8 million. The decrease was primarily the result of $86.2 million in cash 
paid for business acquisitions, asset acquisitions and purchased property and equipment in the year ended December 31, 2012 
compared to $156.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $13.5 million as compared to $40.9 
million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $27.4 million. This decrease was primarily due to the receipt of $75.0 
million in proceeds from the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared 
to $21.5 million in proceeds received from the 2012 RBS Loan during the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $53.5 
million.  The reduction in long-term debt proceeds received was partially offset by a decrease in long-term debt repayments from 
$46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a difference of $29.5 
million.  The remaining decrease is due to the use of long-term debt proceeds to repay existing debt in the prior year.

Principal Debt Obligations and Capital Expenditures

Total long-term debt obligations, net of debt discount, outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

were as follows:

Senior Credit Facility
Ten Project Note
Six Project Loan
Mortgage Loan and Promissory Notes
Bond payable
Total

2009

2010

December 31,

2011
(in thousands)

2012

2013

$

$

— $

— $

53,200
39,970
15,064
1,232
109,466

$

52,229
39,495
49,744
1,038
142,506

$

88,125
51,185
—
48,560
—
187,870

$

$

89,375
50,072
—
68,245
—
207,692

$

$

144,325
48,864
—
66,117
—
259,306

The following table represents the Company’s cumulative facility growth from 2008 to the present:

Cumulative number of facilities

63

77

82

102

108

119

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

December 31,

Senior Credit Facility with a Lending Consortium Arranged by SunTrust and Wells Fargo (the Senior Credit Facility)

On April 22, 2013, we entered into the fourth amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment), which 
amended our existing Senior Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, to amend certain covenants, representations 
and other key provisions in the credit agreement to, among other things, (i) allow for the settlement relating to the previously 
disclosed federal civil investigation that has been conducted by the U.S. DOJ and related federal agencies in an amount up to 
$50.0 million and (ii) permit us to enter into a corporate integrity agreement with the Office of Inspector General-HHS.  Except 
as set forth in the Fourth Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Senior Credit Facility, as amended, remain in full force.

80

 
 
 
 
 
On February 1, 2013, we entered into the third amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (the Third Amendment), which 
amended our existing Senior Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011.  The Third Amendment revised the Senior 
Credit Facility Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the revolving credit portion of the Senior Credit Facility by $75.0 
million to an aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million, of which $78.7 million was drawn as of December 31, 2013, and (ii) 
extend the maturity date of the Senior Credit Facility from July 15, 2016 to February 1, 2018.  Except as set forth in the Third 
Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Senior Credit Facility remained in full force and effect as described below. 

On  July  15,  2011,  we  entered  into  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  up  to  $150.0  million 
comprised of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility and a $75.0 million term loan advanced in one drawing on July 15, 2011.  
Borrowings under the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility amortize in equal quarterly installments that commenced on 
September 30, 2011, in an aggregate annual amount equal to 5.0% per annum of the original principal amount.  Interest rates per 
annum applicable to the Senior Facility will be, at our option, (i) LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.5% or (ii) the Base Rate (as 
defined under the Senior Credit Facility) plus an initial margin of 1.5%.  Under the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, the applicable 
margin adjusts based on our leverage ratio as set forth in further detail in the Senior Credit Facility agreement.  Amounts borrowed 
pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and secured by substantially all 
of our personal property.  To reduce the risk related to interest rate fluctuations, we, on behalf of the subsidiaries, entered into an 
interest rate swap agreement to effectively fix the interest rate on the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility.  See further 
details of the interest rate swap at Note 6, Fair Value Measurements in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Among other things, under the Senior Credit Facility, we must maintain compliance with specified financial covenants 
measured on a quarterly basis, including a maximum net leverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio and minimum asset 
coverage  ratio.    The  loan  documents  also  include  certain  additional  reporting,  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  including 
limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens, investments in other businesses, dividends declared in excess of 
20% of consolidated net income, stock repurchases and capital expenditures.  As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance 
with all loan covenants.  As of December 31, 2013, our subsidiaries had $144.3 million outstanding on the Senior Credit Facility.

Promissory Notes with RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 

On February 22, 2012, two of our real estate holding subsidiaries as Borrowers executed a promissory note in favor of RBS 
Asset Finance, Inc. (RBS) as Lender for an aggregate of $21.5 million (the 2012 RBS Loan). The 2012 RBS Loan was secured 
by a Commercial Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filings on the two properties 
owned by the two Borrowers, and other related instruments and agreements, including without limitation a promissory note and 
a Company guaranty. The 2012 RBS Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%.  Amounts borrowed under the 2012 RBS Loan 
may be prepaid starting after the second anniversary of the note subject to certain prepayment fees. The term of the RBS Loan is 
for seven years, with monthly principal and interest payments commencing on March 1, 2012 and the balance due on March 1, 
2019. 

Among other things, under the 2012 RBS Loan, we must maintain compliance with specified financial covenants measured 
on a quarterly basis, including a minimum debt service coverage ratio, an average occupancy rate and a minimum project yield. 
The Loan Documents also include certain additional affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the disposition 
of the Borrowers and the collateral and minimum average cash balance requirements.  As of December 31, 2013, we were in 
compliance with all loan covenants.  As of December 31, 2013, our subsidiaries had $20.3 million outstanding on the 2012 RBS 
Loan.

Promissory Notes with RBS Asset Finance, Inc.

On December 31, 2010, four of our real estate holding subsidiaries as Borrowers executed a promissory note with RBS as 
Lender for an aggregate of $35.0 million (RBS Loan). The 2010 RBS Loan was secured by Commercial Deeds of Trust, Security 
Agreements, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Fillings on the four properties owned by the four Borrowers, and other 
related instruments and agreements, including without limitation a promissory note and a Company guaranty. The 2010 RBS Loan 
bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.04%. Amounts borrowed under the 2010 RBS Loan may be prepaid starting after the second 
anniversary of the note subject to certain prepayment fees. The term of the 2010 RBS Loan is for seven years, with monthly 
principal and interest payments commencing on February 1, 2011 and the balance due on January 1, 2018. 

81

Among other things, under the 2010 RBS Loan, we must maintain compliance with specified financial covenants measured 
on a quarterly basis, including a minimum debt service coverage ratio, an average occupancy rate and a minimum project yield. 
The Loan Documents also include certain additional affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the disposition 
of the Borrowers and the collateral and minimum average cash balance requirements.  As of December 31, 2013, we were in 
compliance with all loan covenants.  As of December 31, 2013, our subsidiaries had $32.1 million outstanding on the 2010 RBS 
Loan.

Term Loan with General Electric Capital Corporation

On December 29, 2006, a number of our independent real estate holding subsidiaries jointly entered into the Third Amended 
and Restated Loan Agreement, with GECC, which consists of an approximately $55.7 million multiple-advance term loan, further 
referred to as the Ten Project Note. The Ten Project Note matures in June 2016, and is currently secured by the real and personal 
property comprising the ten facilities owned by these subsidiaries.  The Ten Project Note was funded in advances, with each 
advance bearing interest at a separate rate. The interest rates range from 6.95% to 7.50% per annum. 

Under the Ten Project Note, we are subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a loan of this 
type. Effective October 1, 2006 and continuing each calendar quarter thereafter, we are subject to restrictive financial covenants, 
including average occupancy, Debt Service (as defined in the agreement) and Project Yield (as defined in the agreement). As of 
December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all loan covenants.  As of December 31, 2013, our subsidiaries had $48.9 million 
outstanding on the Ten Project Note.

Promissory Notes with Johnson Land Enterprises, Inc.

On October 1, 2009, four of our subsidiaries entered into four separate promissory notes with Johnson Land Enterprises, 
LLC, for an aggregate of $10.0 million, as a part of our acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Utah. The unpaid balance 
of principal and accrued interest from these notes is due on September 30, 2019. The notes bear interest at a rate of 6.0% per 
annum.  As a part of this transaction, the Company recorded a discount to the debt balance in the form of imputed interest of 
$1.2 million. This amount will be amortized over the term of the promissory notes, or 10 years.   As of December 31, 2013, our 
subsidiaries had $8.9 million outstanding on the Promissory Notes.

Mortgage Loan with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.

Ensign Southland LLC, a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc., entered into a mortgage loan on January 30, 2001 with 
Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. The mortgage loan is insured with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 
or HUD, which subjects our Southland facility to HUD oversight and periodic inspections. As of December 31, 2013, the balance 
outstanding on this mortgage loan was approximately $5.4 million. The unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest from this 
mortgage loan is due on February 1, 2027. The mortgage loan bears interest at the rate of 7.5% per annum.

This mortgage loan is secured by the real property comprising the Southland Care Center facility and the rents, issues and 

profits thereof, as well as all personal property used in the operation of the facility.

Common Stock Repurchase Program

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2012,  the  board  of  directors  authorized  the  renewal  of  our  common  stock  repurchase  program, 
authorizing the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of our common stock over the next 12 months.  Under this program, we are 
authorized to repurchase our issued and outstanding common shares from time to time in open-market and privately negotiated 
transactions and block trades in accordance with federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 as amended. 

The number of shares repurchased will depend entirely upon the levels of cash available, the attractiveness of alternate 
investment and business opportunities either at hand or on the horizon, Management's perception of value relative to market price 
and other legal, regulatory and contractual requirements. The repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular 
dollar amount or number of shares of common stock.  The repurchase program expired on November 15, 2013.   During the year 
ended December 31, 2013, we did not repurchase any shares of our common stock.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, 
we repurchased 7,340 shares of our common stock for a total of $0.2 million.  

82

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

Our principal contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013 were as follows: 

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter  

Total

(In thousands)

Operating lease obligations

Long-term debt obligations

  $ 13,693   $ 13,677   $ 13,686   $ 13,722   $ 13,764

$ 71,093   $ 139,635

7,411  

7,672  

52,589  

6,584   157,790

27,960   260,006

Interest payments on long-term debt

11,674  

11,117  

9,486  

7,333  

2,166

1,900  

43,676

Total

  $ 32,778

$ 32,466

$ 75,761

$ 27,639

$ 173,720

$ 100,953

$ 443,317

Not included in the table above are our actuarially determined self-insured general and professional malpractice liability, 
worker's compensation and medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare obligations which are broken out between 
current and long-term liabilities in our financial statements included in this annual report.

We lease certain facilities and our Service Center office under operating leases, most of which have initial lease terms ranging 
from five to 20 years. Most of these leases contain options to renew or extend the lease term, some of which involve rent increases. 
We also lease a majority of our equipment under operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Total rent 
expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $14.2 million, $13.8 million and $14.2 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

US Government Inquiry

In late 2006, we learned that we might be the subject of an on-going criminal and civil investigation by the DOJ. This was 
confirmed in March 2007. The investigation was prompted by a whistleblower complaint, and related primarily to claims submitted 
to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at skilled nursing facilities in Southern California. We, through our 
outside counsel and a special committee of independent directors established by our board, worked cooperatively with the U.S. 
Attorney's office to produce information requested by the government as part of an ongoing dialogue designed to resolve the issue.

In December 2011, the DOJ notified us that it had closed its criminal investigation without action although, as is typical, 
it reserved the right to reopen the criminal case if new facts came to light. This left only the civil investigation to resolve, and we 
continued to supply requested information to the DOJ and the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of 
Health  and  Human  Services  (HHS),  including  specific  patient  records  and  documents  from  2007  to  2011  from  six  Southern 
California skilled nursing facilities that had been the subject of previous requests.

In early 2013, discussions between government representatives and our special committee, our outside counsel and their 
experts had advanced sufficiently that we recorded an initial estimated liability in the amount of $15.0 million in the fourth quarter 
of 2012 for the resolution of claims connected to the investigation. In April 2013, we and government representatives reached an 
agreement in principle to resolve the allegations and close the investigation. Based on these discussions, we recorded and announced 
an additional charge in the amount of $33.0 million in the first quarter of 2013, increasing the total reserve to resolve the matter 
to $48.0 million (the Reserve Amount). 

In October 2013, we and the government executed a final settlement agreement in accordance with the April agreement 
and we remitted full payment of the Reserve Amount.  In addition, we executed a corporate integrity agreement with the Office 
of Inspector General HHS as part of the resolution.

See additional description of our contingencies in Notes 15, 16, 17 and 19 in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial 

Statements.

Inflation

We have historically derived a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare program. We also derive revenue from 
state Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs. Payments under these programs generally provide for reimbursement levels 
that are adjusted for inflation annually based upon the state’s fiscal year for the Medicaid programs and in each October for the 
Medicare program. These adjustments may not continue in the future, and even if received, such adjustments may not reflect the 
actual increase in our costs for providing healthcare services.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Labor and supply expenses make up a substantial portion of our cost of services. Those expenses can be subject to increase 
in periods of rising inflation and when labor shortages occur in the marketplace. To date, we have generally been able to implement 
cost control measures or obtain increases in reimbursement sufficient to offset increases in these expenses. We may not be successful 
in offsetting future cost increases.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had approximately $2.0 million of borrowing capacity on the Revolver pledged as 

collateral to secure outstanding letters of credit, respectively.

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk.We are exposed to interest rate changes in connection with the revolving credit facility portion of the 
Senior  Credit  Facility,  which  is  available  but  historically  has  not  regularly  been  used  to  maintain  liquidity  and  fund  capital 
expenditures and operations. Our interest rate risk management objective is to balance the impact of interest rate changes on 
earnings and cash flows and maintain a lower interest rate. To achieve this objective, we have historically borrowed primarily at 
fixed rates, although the revolving credit facility portion of the Senior Credit Facility is available and could be used for short-term 
borrowing purposes. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility portion of the 
Facility of $78.7 million.

The Senior Credit Facility agreement exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in LIBOR interest rates. 
We entered into an interest rate swap agreement to reduce risk from volatility in the income statement on the term loan portion of 
the Senior Credit Facility.  The swap agreement, with a notional amount of $75.0 million, amortizing concurrently with the related 
term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility, is five years in length and set to mature on February 1, 2018.  Under the terms of 
this agreement, the net effect of the hedge was to record swap interest expense at a fixed rate of approximately 4.3%.

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 consisted of bank term deposits, money market funds and U.S. 
Treasury bill related investments. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we held debt security investments of approximately 
$22.4 million, which were split between AA- and A-rated securities.  Our market risk exposure is interest income sensitivity, which 
is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve 
principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. 
Due to the low risk profile of our investment portfolio, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect 
on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to 
any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio.

The above only incorporates those exposures that exist as of December 31, 2013, and does not consider those exposures or 
positions which could arise after that date. If we diversify our investment portfolio into securities and other investment alternatives, 
we may face increased risk and exposures as a result of interest risk and the securities markets in general. 

84

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight quarters in the 
two-year period ended December 31, 2013. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been derived from our unaudited 
quarterly  financial  statements  on  Forms 10-Q,  which  were  prepared  on  the  same  basis  as  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements. You should read the following table presenting our quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with 
our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The 
operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period

Dec. 31,
2013

  Sept. 30,
2013

  Sept. 30,
  June 30,
2013
2012
(In thousands, except per share data)

  Mar. 31,
2013

  Dec. 31,
2012

  June 30,
2012

  Mar. 31,
2012

Revenue

$237,008

$229,261

$220,086

$218,201   $210,505

$206,691

$203,919

$202,040

Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent
and depreciation and amortization)

187,843

186,172

175,913

176,061   169,133

164,579

162,085

160,627

Charge related to U.S. Government inquiry

—

—

—

33,000

15,000

—

—

—

Total expenses

211,893

208,972

196,794

228,955   202,553

183,184

180,587

178,558

Income (loss) from operations

25,115  

20,289  

23,292  

(10,754)  

7,952  

23,507  

23,332  

23,482

Income (loss) from continuing operations

$ 13,349

$ 10,642

$ 12,430

$ (10,763) $

2,917

$ 12,956

$ 12,398

$ 12,894

(Loss) income from discontinued
operations

$

— $

(30) $

(26) $ (1,748) $ (1,252) $

80

$

(119) $

(66)

Net income (loss)

$ 13,349

$ 10,612

$ 12,404

$ (12,511) $

1,665

$ 13,036

$ 12,279

$ 12,828

Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling
interests

$

(7) $

148

$

37

$

(364) $

(272) $

(258) $

(177) $

(76)

Net income (loss) attributable to The
Ensign Group, Inc.

Income (loss) from continuing operations
attributable to the Ensign Group, Inc.

(Loss) income from discontinued
operations

Net income (loss) attributable to The
Ensign Group, Inc.

Basic income (loss) per share:

Income (loss) from continuing
operations attributable to The Ensign
Group, Inc.
(Loss) income from discontinued
operations

Net income (loss) attributable to the
Ensign Group, Inc.

Diluted income (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing
operations attributable to The Ensign
Group, Inc.

(Loss) income from discontinued
operations

Net income (loss) attributable to the
Ensign Group, Inc.

Weighted average common shares
outstanding:

$ 13,356

$ 10,464

$ 12,367

$ (12,147)   $

1,937

$ 13,294

$ 12,456

$ 12,904

$ 13,356

$ 10,494

$ 12,393

$ (10,399) $

3,189

$ 13,214

$ 12,575

$ 12,970

$

— $

(30) $

(26) $ (1,748) $ (1,252) $

80

$

(119) $

(66)

$ 13,356

$ 10,464

$ 12,367

$ (12,147) $

1,937

$ 13,294

$ 12,456

$ 12,904

$

$

$

$

$

$

0.61

$

0.48

$

0.57

$

(0.48)   $

0.15

$

0.61

— $

— $

— $

(0.08) $

(0.06) $

0.01

0.61

$

0.48

$

0.57

$

(0.56) $

0.09

$

0.62

$

$

$

0.59

$

0.61

(0.01) $

—

0.58

$

0.61

0.59

$

0.47

$

0.55

$

(0.48)   $

0.14

$

0.60

$

0.57

$

0.60

— $

— $

— $

(0.08) $

(0.05) $

— $

— $

(0.01)

0.59

$

0.47

$

0.55

$

(0.56) $

0.09

$

0.60

$

0.57

$

0.59

Basic

Diluted

22,028

22,507

21,941

22,409

21,859

22,321

21,768  

21,605

21,768  

22,075

21,488

22,010

21,368

21,886

21,251

21,796

The additional information required by this Item 8 is incorporated herein by reference to the financial statements set forth 

in Item 15 of this report, Exhibits, Financial Statement and Schedules.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

(a)  Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information we are required to 
disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act) is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. 
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any system of controls and 
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control 
objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-
benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K our management evaluated, with the participation 
of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as 
such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, and to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  principal  executive  and  financial  officers,  as 
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and 
our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period 
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(b)  Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined 
in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject 
to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  evaluated  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  using  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992). Based on our evaluation, our 
management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the period covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has audited the consolidated financial statements 
included in this annual report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued an audit report, included herein, on the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting. Their report is set forth below. 

(c)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the 
Exchange Act, that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
The Ensign Group, Inc. 
Mission Viejo, California 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board 
of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. A 
company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or 
improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a 
timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods 
are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 of the 
Company and our report dated February 13, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial 
statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Costa Mesa, California 
February 13, 2014 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. 

Other Information

None.

PART III.
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2013.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the  
2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2013. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2013. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2013.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item in our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders that will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2013.

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules

The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 

PART IV.

(a) (1) Financial Statements: 

The Financial Statements are included in Item 8 and are filed as part of this report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedule: 

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

(a) (3) Exhibits:  An “Exhibit Index” has been filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated 

herein by reference. 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report 

to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: February 13, 2014 

The Ensign Group, Inc.

By: /s/  Christopher R. Christensen

Christopher R. Christensen

Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature

Title

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (principal
executive officer)

Date

  February 13, 2014

/s/  CHRISTOPHER R. CHRISTENSEN
Christopher R. Christensen

/s/  SUZANNE D. SNAPPER
Suzanne D. Snapper

/s/  ROY E. CHRISTENSEN

Roy E. Christensen

/s/  ANTOINETTE T. HUBENETTE

Antoinette T. Hubenette

/s/  JOHN G. NACKEL

John G. Nackel

/s/  DAREN J. SHAW

Daren J. Shaw

Clayton M. Christensen

/s/  LEE A. DANIELS

Lee A. Daniels

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting
officer)

  February 13, 2014

Chairman of the Board

  February 13, 2014

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

  February 13, 2014

  February 13, 2014

February 13, 2014

  February 13, 2014

  February 13, 2014

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC. 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

91

92

93

94

95

96

98

90

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Ensign Group, Inc.
Mission Viejo, California 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial 
statement  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item 15.  These  financial  statements  and  the  financial  statement  schedule  are  the 
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the 
financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The 
Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic 
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and 
our report dated February 13, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California 
February 13, 2014 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable—less allowance for doubtful accounts of $16,540 and $13,811 at December
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
Investments—current
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred tax asset—current
Assets held for sale—current (Note 4)

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Insurance subsidiary deposits and investments
Escrow deposits
Deferred tax asset
Restricted and other assets
Intangible assets, net
Long-term assets held for sale (Note 4)
Goodwill
Other indefinite-lived intangibles

Total assets

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued charge related to U.S. Government inquiry (Note 19)
Accrued wages and related liabilities
Accrued self-insurance liabilities—current
Liabilities held for sale—current (Note 4)
Other accrued liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt
Total current liabilities

Long-term debt—less current maturities
Accrued self-insurance liabilities—less current portion
Fair value of interest rate swap
Long-term liabilities held for sale (Note 4)
Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 15, 17 and 19)
Equity:

Ensign Group, Inc. stockholders' equity:
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 75,000 shares authorized; 22,580 and 22,113 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2013, respectively, and 22,244 and 21,719 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2012, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Common stock in treasury, at cost, 237 and 301 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total Ensign Group, Inc. stockholders' equity
Non-controlling interest
Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

December 31,

2013

2012

(In thousands, except par values)

$

65,755

$

111,370
5,511
9,915
9,213
9,232
—
210,996
479,770
16,888
1,000
4,464
9,804
5,718
—
23,935
7,740
760,315

23,793
—
40,093
15,461
—
25,698
7,411
112,456
251,895
33,642
1,828
—
3,237
403,058

$

$

22
101,364
257,502

(1,680)
(1,112)
356,096
1,161
357,257
760,315

$

$

$

$

40,685

94,187
5,195
3,787
8,606
14,871
268
167,599
447,855
17,315
4,635
2,234
8,640
6,115
11,324
21,557
3,588
690,862

26,069
15,000
35,847
16,034
339
20,871
7,187
121,347
200,505
34,849
2,866
130
3,281
362,978

22
90,949
239,344

(2,099)
(1,745)
326,471
1,413
327,884
690,862

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

92

 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Revenue

Expense:

Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent, general and administrative and
depreciation and amortization expenses shown separately below)

U.S. Government inquiry settlement (Note 19)

Facility rent—cost of services

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Interest income

Other expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit of $1,157, $869 and
$0 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (Note 4)

Net income

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Amounts attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(In thousands, except per share data)
904,556

823,155

$

$

758,277

725,989

656,424

600,804

33,000

13,613

40,103

33,909

846,614

57,942

(12,787)
506
(12,281)
45,661
20,003
25,658

(1,804)
23,854
(186)
24,040

25,844
(1,804)
24,040

1.18
(0.08)
1.10

1.16
(0.09)
1.07

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

15,000

13,281

31,819

28,358

744,882

78,273

(12,229)
255
(11,974)
66,299
25,134
41,165

(1,357)
39,808
(783)
40,591

41,948
(1,357)
40,591

1.96
(0.07)
1.89

1.91
(0.06)
1.85

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—

13,725

29,766

23,286

667,581

90,696

(13,778)
249
(13,529)
77,167
29,492
47,675

—
47,675
—
47,675

47,675
—
47,675

2.27

—

2.27

2.21

—

2.21

21,900

22,364

21,429

21,942

20,967

21,583

Dividends per share

$

0.27

$

0.25

$

0.23

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

93

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$

23,854

(In thousands)
39,808
$

$47,675

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap, net of income tax provision (benefit)
of ($405), $286, and $835 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011,
respectively.

Comprehensive income

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Comprehensive income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

$

633

24,487
(186)
24,673

$

(437)
39,371
(783)
40,154

(1,308)
46,367

—

$

46,367

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

94

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

  Treasury Stock

  Shares

  Amount

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Non-
Controlling
Interest

Redeemable
Noncontrolling
Interest

Total

(In thousands)

Balance - January 1, 2011

20,815   $

21   $

70,814   $ 161,168  

582   $ (3,800)   $

— $

— $

— $ 228,203

Issuance of common stock to
employees and directors
resulting from the exercise of
stock options and grant of
stock awards

Issuance of restricted stock to
employees

Dividends declared

Employee stock award
compensation

Excess tax benefit from
exercise of stock options

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Balance - December 31,
2011

Issuance of common stock to
employees and directors
resulting from the exercise of
stock options and grant of
stock awards

Issuance of restricted stock to
employees

Repurchase of common stock

Dividends declared

Employee stock award
compensation

Excess tax benefit from
exercise of stock options

Noncontrolling interests
assumed related to
acquisitions

Acquisition of noncontrolling
interests, net of tax

Net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to
The Ensign Group, Inc.

Other comprehensive loss

Balance - December 31,
2012

Issuance of common stock to
employees and directors
resulting from the exercise of
stock options and grant of
stock awards

Issuance of restricted stock to
employees

Dividends declared

Employee stock award
compensation

Excess tax benefit from
exercise of stock options

Net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to
The Ensign Group, Inc.

Purchase price adjustment

Other comprehensive income

Balance - December 31,
2013

344

20

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,607

—

—

3,356

1,480

—

—

—

—

(4,770)

—

—

47,675

—

(186)

1,241

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,308)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,849

—

(4,770)

3,356

1,480

47,675

(1,308)

21,179

$

22

$

77,257

$ 204,073

396

$ (2,559)

$

(1,308)

$

— $

— $ 277,485

488

52

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,067

1,360

—

—

3,379

1,868

—

3,018

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,320)

—

—

—

—

—

40,591

—

(102)

634

—

7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(174)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(437)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,701

1,360

(174)

(5,320)

3,379

1,868

1,778

11,600

13,378

340

(705)

—

—

(11,522)

(8,164)

(78)

(783)

—

—

40,591

(437)

21,719

$

22

$

90,949

$ 239,344

301

$ (2,099)

$

(1,745)

$

1,413

$

— $ 327,884

343

51

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,163

385

—

4,013

2,854

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,882)

—

—

—

24,040

—

—

(64)

419

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

633

—

—

—

—

—

(186)

—

(66)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,582

385

(5,882)

4,013

2,854

(186)

24,040

(66)

633

22,113

$

22

$ 101,364

$ 257,502

237

$ (1,680)

$

(1,112)

$

1,161

$

— $ 357,257

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012
(In thousands)

2011

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

23,854

$

39,808

$

47,675

Loss from sale of discontinued operations (Note 4)
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill impairment (Note 11)
Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount
Deferred income taxes
Provision for doubtful accounts
Share-based compensation
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Deferred income tax effect of purchase of noncontrolling interest
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of equity method investment
Loss on disposition of property and equipment
Change in operating assets and liabilities

Accounts receivable
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Insurance subsidiary deposits and investments
Accounts payable
U.S. Government inquiry accrual (Note 19)
Accrued wages and related liabilities
Other accrued liabilities
Accrued self-insurance
Deferred rent liability

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment
Cash payment for business acquisitions
Cash payment for asset acquisitions
Escrow deposits
Escrow deposits used to fund business acquisitions
Cash proceeds on sale of urgent care franchising business, net of note receivable
Cash proceeds on sale of equity method investment
Cash proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
Restricted assets and other

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of debt
Payments on long-term debt
Repurchase of shares of common stock
Issuance of treasury stock upon exercise of options
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options
Dividends paid
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
Payments of deferred financing costs

Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents end of period

2,837
33,942
490
821
3,006
12,106
4,399
(2,854)
—
—
(380)
1,379

(27,290)
(6,129)
(501)
110
(2,236)
(15,000)
4,246
6,645
(1,842)
(179)
37,424

(29,759)
(45,101)
—
(1,000)
4,635
3,607
1,600
929
(146)
(65,235)

58,700
(7,207)
—
419
3,163
(4,318)
2,854
—
(730)
52,881
25,070
40,685
65,755

$

—
28,464
2,225
826
(2,111)
9,474
4,739
(1,868)
(2,464)
—
—
412

(16,150)
2,095
(944)
(5,758)
3,152
15,000
(6,360)
4,908
6,205
397
82,050

(38,853)
(31,558)
(11,261)
(4,635)
175
—
—
155
1,481
(84,496)

36,525
(16,825)
(174)
634
4,067
(6,604)
1,868
(5,700)
(244)
13,547
11,101
29,584
40,685

$

—
23,286
—
717
1,090
7,921
3,356
(1,480)
—
2,542
—
190

(24,795)
(4,549)
(491)
(394)
2,701
—
4,581
6,367
4,059
(89)
72,687

(40,773)
(106,747)
(23,385)
(175)
14,422
—
—
766
(160)
(156,052)

90,000
(46,259)
—
1,241
1,607
(4,637)
1,480
—
(2,571)
40,861
(42,504)
72,088
29,584

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

96

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands)

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest

Income taxes

Non-cash financing and investing activity:

Acquisition of redeemable noncontrolling interest

Accrued capital expenditures

Note receivable on sale of urgent care franchising business

$

$

$

$

$

12,809

19,323

$

$

12,394

24,842

— $

11,600

1,693

4,000

$

$

1,734

— $

$

$

$

$

13,871

31,602

—

571

—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

97

 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Company — The Ensign Group, Inc., through its subsidiaries (collectively, Ensign or the Company), provides skilled 
nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 119 facilities, nine home health and seven hospice operations, 
seven urgent care centers and a mobile x-ray and diagnostic company as of December 31, 2013, located in Arizona, California, 
Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Nebraska, Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Utah and Washington.  The Company's operations, each of which strives 
to be the operation of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad spectrum of healthcare services including skilled nursing, 
assisted living, home health and hospice, mobile ancillary, and urgent care services.  The Company's facilities have a collective 
capacity of approximately 13,200 operational skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds. As of December 31, 
2013, the Company owned 96 of its 119 facilities and operated an additional 23 facilities through long-term lease arrangements, 
and had options to purchase two of those 23 facilities. 

The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenue. All of the Company’s 
operations are operated by separate, independent subsidiaries, each of which has its own management, employees and assets. One 
of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, referred to as the Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human 
resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other centralized services to the other operating subsidiaries through 
contractual relationships with such subsidiaries. The Company also has a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary (the Captive) 
that provides some claims-made coverage to the Company’s operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well 
as coverage for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities.

Like the Company’s facilities, the Service Center and the Captive are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent 
subsidiaries that have their own management, employees and assets. References herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” 
assets and activities, as well as the use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and similar verbiage in this annual report is not meant to 
imply that The Ensign Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the facilities, the Service Center 
or the Captive are operated by the same entity.

2. PROPOSED SPIN-OFF OF REAL ESTATE ASSETS THROUGH A REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST (REIT)

On November 7, 2013, the Company announced a plan to separate its healthcare business and its real estate business into 

two separate, publicly traded companies: 

•  Ensign, which will continue to provide healthcare services through its existing operations; and
•  CareTrust REIT, Inc. (CareTrust), which will own, acquire and lease real estate serving the healthcare industry.

The  Company  intends  to  accomplish  the  proposed  separation  by  distributing  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  CareTrust 
common stock to the Company’s stockholders on a pro rata basis (the Spin-Off). At the time of the Spin-Off, CareTrust, which is 
currently a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, will hold substantially all of the real property owned by the Company, and 
will own and operate three independent living facilities.  After the Spin-Off, all of these properties (except for three independent 
living facilities that CareTrust will operate) will be leased to the Company on a triple-net basis, under which the Company will 
be responsible for all costs at the properties, including property taxes, insurance and maintenance and repair costs.  

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 505-60, Equity-Spinoffs and Reverse Spinoffs, the accounting 
for the separation of the Company follows its legal form, with Ensign as the legal and accounting spinnor and CareTrust as the 
legal and accounting spinnee, due to the relative significance of Ensign’s healthcare business, the relative fair values of the respective 
companies, the retention by Ensign of all senior management except Gregory K. Stapley by Ensign, and other relevant indicators.

As part of the proposed Spin-Off, CareTrust intends to elect to be taxed and intends to qualify as a real estate investment 
trust (REIT) for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2014. As a REIT, 
CareTrust will have to satisfy certain requirements relating to diversity of ownership, including a requirement that not more than 
50% of its stock may be owned by five or fewer individuals. In order to help CareTrust satisfy the REIT requirements, its charter 
will include “excess share” provisions typical for REITs that will prohibit ownership of more than 9.8% of its outstanding shares. 
On November 7, 2013, the board of directors of the Company adopted a stockholder rights plan to discourage any of the Company's 
stockholders from exceeding this ownership level prior to the Spin-Off.  In connection with the adoption of the stockholder rights 
plan, the board of directors declared a dividend of one right (a Right) for each share of Company common stock held by stockholders 
of record at the close of business on November 18, 2013. The Company will also issue one Right with each new share of the 
Company’s common stock that is subsequently issued while the stockholder rights plan is in place. The Rights are issued pursuant 

98

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

to a Rights Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2013 (the Rights Agreement).  Initially, the Rights will not be exercisable and 
will trade with the shares of Company common stock. The Rights will generally be exercisable only if a person or group becomes 
an “acquiring person” by (i) acquiring beneficial ownership of 9.8%  or more of the Company's common stock or, in the case of 
any person (including such person’s affiliates and associates) that beneficially owns 9.8%  or more of the Company's common 
stock, upon the acquisition of additional shares by such person, or (ii) commencing a tender offer or exchange offer which, if 
consummated, could result in a person owning  9.8% or more of the Company's common stock.

If a person or group becomes an acquiring person, the Rights will generally entitle each holder, other than the acquiring 
person, to acquire, for the exercise price of $200 per Right (subject to adjustment), shares of the Company's common stock (or, 
in certain circumstances, other consideration) having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. The Rights will expire at 
5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the earlier of (i) the first business day after consummation of the proposed Spin-Off, or (ii) 
November 6, 2014, unless redeemed or exchanged earlier or unless the board of directors extends the expiration date. The Rights 
will not prevent a takeover of the Company, but may cause substantial dilution to a person that acquires 9.8%  or more of the 
Company’s common stock.

The proposed Spin-Off is conditioned on, among other things, final approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, 
the receipt of a ruling from the IRS that, among other things the Spin-Off will qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal 
income tax purposes,  the receipt of an opinion of counsel as to the satisfaction of certain requirements for such tax-free treatment 
and, the receipt of  an opinion of counsel that, commencing with CareTrust's taxable year ending on December 31, 2014,  CareTrust 
has been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended, and its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements (Financial Statements) have been prepared 
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The Company is the sole 
member or shareholder of various consolidated limited liability companies and corporations; each established to operate various 
acquired healthcare service operations.  All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The 
Company presents noncontrolling interest within the equity section of its consolidated balance sheets.  The Company presents the 
amount of consolidated net income that is attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc. and the noncontrolling interest in its consolidated 
statements of income.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all entities controlled by the Company through its ownership 
of a majority voting interest and the accounts of any variable interest entities (VIEs) where the Company is subject to a majority 
of the risk of loss from the VIE's activities, or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's residual returns, or both.  The Company 
assesses the requirements related to the consolidation of VIEs, including a qualitative assessment of power and economics that 
considers which entity has the power to direct the activities that "most significantly impact" the VIE's economic performance and 
has the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to, the VIE.  The Company's 
relationship with variable interest entities was not material at December 31, 2013.

On March 25, 2013, the Company agreed to terms to sell Doctors Express (DRX), a national urgent care franchise system.  
The asset sale was effective on April 15, 2013.  The results of operations for DRX have been classified as discontinued operations 
for all periods presented in the accompanying Financial Statements (see Note 4, Discontinued Operations).  Certain assets and 
liabilities included in the sale of DRX have been presented as held for sale in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of 
December 31, 2012.  In addition, the results of operations of DRX and the loss or impairment related to this divesture have been 
classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for all periods presented.

 Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of  Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. 
The most significant estimates in the Company’s Financial Statements relate to revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, intangible 
assets and goodwill, impairment of long-lived assets, general and professional liability, worker’s compensation, and healthcare 
claims included in accrued self-insurance liabilities, other contingent liabilities, interest rate swaps, and income taxes. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.

99

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Business Segments — The Company has a single reportable segment — healthcare services, which includes providing skilled 
nursing, assisted living, home health and hospice, urgent care and related ancillary services. The Company’s single reportable 
segment is made up of several individual operating segments grouped together principally based on their geographical locations 
within the United States. Based on the similar economic and other characteristics of each of the operating segments, management 
believes the Company meets the criteria for aggregating its operating segments into a single reportable segment.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, 
debt security investments, interest rate swap agreements, accounts receivable, insurance subsidiary deposits, accounts payable 
and borrowings. The Company believes all of the financial instruments’ recorded values approximate fair values because of their 
nature or respective short durations.  The interest rate swap is carried at fair value on the balance sheet. The Company’s fixed-rate 
debt instruments do not actively trade in an established market. The fair values of this debt are estimated by discounting the 
principal and interest payments at rates available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities. See further discussion 
of debt security investments in Note 6, Fair Value Measurements.

Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when the following four conditions have been met: (i) there is 
persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or 
determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.  The Company's revenue is derived primarily from providing healthcare 
services to residents and is recognized on the date services are provided at amounts billable to the individual.  For reimbursement 
arrangements  with  third-party  payors,  including  Medicaid,  Medicare  and  private  insurers,  revenue  is  recorded  based  on 
contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis.

Revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for 72.2%, 73.6% and 75.2% of the Company’s revenue for 
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company records revenue from these governmental and 
managed care programs as services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. The Company’s 
revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-
party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates 
are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlement. The Company recorded retroactive 
adjustments to revenue which were not material to the Company's consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011. 

The Company’s service specific revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Skilled Nursing Revenue

The Company’s revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized 
on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements 
with third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-
upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis. The Company records revenue from private pay patients, at the agreed-upon rate, as 
services are performed.

Home Health Revenue

Medicare Revenue 

Net service revenue is recorded under the Medicare prospective payment system based on a 60-day episode payment rate 
that is subject to adjustment based on certain variables including, but not limited to: (a) an outlier payment if patient care was 
unusually costly; (b) a low utilization payment adjustment if the number of visits was fewer than five; (c) a partial payment if the 
patient transferred to another provider or the Company received a patient from another provider before completing the episode; 
(d) a payment adjustment based upon the level of therapy services required; (e) the number of episodes of care provided to a 
patient, regardless of whether the same home health provider provided care for the entire series of episodes; (f) changes in the 
base episode payments established by the Medicare Program; (g) adjustments to the base episode payments for case mix and 
geographic wages; and (h) recoveries of overpayments. 

The Company makes adjustments to Medicare revenue on completed episodes to reflect differences between estimated and 
actual payment amounts, an inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and 
other reasons unrelated to credit risk. Therefore, the Company believes that its reported net service revenue and patient accounts 
receivable will be the net amounts to be realized from Medicare for services rendered. 

100

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

In addition to revenue recognized on completed episodes, the Company also recognizes a portion of revenue associated with 
episodes in progress. Episodes in progress are 60-day episodes of care that begin during the reporting period, but were not completed 
as of the end of the period.  Thereby, estimating revenue and recognizing it on a daily basis. 

Non-Medicare Revenue

Episodic Based Revenue — The Company recognizes revenue in a similar manner as it recognizes Medicare revenue for 

episodic-based rates that are paid by other insurance carriers, including Medicare Advantage programs; however, these rates 
can vary based upon the negotiated terms.

Non-episodic Based Revenue — Revenue is recorded on an accrual basis based upon the date of service at amounts equal 

to its established or estimated per-visit rates, as applicable.

Hospice Revenue 

Revenue is recorded on an accrual basis based upon the date of service at amounts equal to the estimated payment rates. 
The estimated payment rates are daily rates for each of the levels of care the Company delivers. The Company makes adjustments 
to revenue for an inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and other reasons 
unrelated to credit risk.  Additionally, as Medicare hospice revenue is subject to an inpatient cap limit and an overall payment cap, 
the Company monitors its provider numbers and estimates amounts due back to Medicare if a cap has been exceeded. The Company 
records these adjustments as a reduction to revenue and increases other accrued liabilities.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from 
Medicare and Medicaid programs, other government programs, managed care health plans and private payor sources. Estimated 
provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be 
collected.  

In evaluating the collectability of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number of factors, including the age of the 
accounts, changes in collection patterns, the composition of patient accounts by payor type and the status of ongoing disputes with 
third-party payors.  On an annual basis, the historical collection percentages are reviewed by payor and by state and are updated 
to reflect the recent collection experience of the Company.  In order to determine the appropriate reserve rate percentages which 
ultimately establish the allowance, the Company analyzes historical cash collection patterns by payor and by state.  The percentages 
applied to the aged receivable balances are based on the Company’s historical experience and time limits, if any, for managed 
care, Medicare, Medicaid and other payors. The Company periodically refines its estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances.

Cash and cash equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank term deposits, money market funds and treasury 
bill related investments with original maturities of three months or less at time of purchase and therefore approximate fair value.  
The fair value of money market funds is determined based on “Level 1” inputs, which consist of unadjusted quoted prices in active 
markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets.  The Company places its cash and short-term 
investments with high credit quality financial institutions.

Insurance Subsidiary Deposits and Investments — The Company's captive insurance subsidiary cash and cash equivalents, 
deposits and investments are designated to support long-term insurance subsidiary liabilities and have been classified as long-
term assets.  The majority of these deposits and investments are currently held in AA- and A- rated debt security investments and 
the remainder is held in a bank account with a high credit quality financial institution.  See further discussion at Note 6, Fair Value 
Measurements.

 Equity Investment — As of December 31, 2012, one of the Company's subsidiaries had a non-marketable equity investment 
which was accounted for under the equity method. The investment was initially recorded at cost and the Company adjusted the 
carrying amount for its share of the earnings or losses of the investee after the date of investment.  On April 23, 2013, the Company 
entered into a common unit redemption agreement with the investee where the non-marketable equity investment was repurchased.  
See further discussion at Note 12, Restricted and Other Assets.

Property and Equipment — Property and equipment are initially recorded at their historical cost. Repairs and maintenance 
are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable 
assets (ranging from three to 57 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their 
estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.

101

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in 
the Company’s operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an 
asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted future net cash flows 
from the operations to which the assets relate, utilizing management’s best estimate, appropriate assumptions, and projections at 
the time. If the carrying value is determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired 
and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. The 
Company estimates the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset. Management has 
evaluated its long-lived assets and has not identified any asset impairment during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 
2011. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill — Definite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of favorable leases, lease acquisition 
costs, patient base, facility trade names and customer relationships. Favorable leases and lease acquisition costs are amortized 
over the life of the lease of the facility, typically ranging from ten to 20 years. Patient base is amortized over a period of four to 
eight months, depending on the classification of the patients and the level of occupancy in a new acquisition on the acquisition 
date. Trade names at facilities are amortized over 30 years and customer relationships are amortized over 20 years.

The Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names and home health and hospice Medicare licenses.  
The Company tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable. 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  identifiable  net  assets  acquired  in  business 
combinations. Goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment if events occur 
or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company defines 
reporting units as the individual operations. The Company performs its annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of 
each year.  See further discussion at Note 11, Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets.

Deferred Rent  —  Deferred rent represents rental expense (determined on a straight-line basis over the life of the related 

lease) in excess of actual rent payments. 

Self-Insurance — The Company is partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim 
(the self-insured retention) with an aggregate, one-time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured 
through third-party policies with coverage limits per claim, per location and on an aggregate basis for the Company. For claims 
made after January 1, 2013, the self-insured retention was $500 per claim, subject to an additional one-time deductible of $1,000 
for California facilities and a separate, one-time deductible of $750 for non-California facilities.  For all facilities, except those 
located in Colorado, the third-party coverage above these amounts was $1,000 per claim, $3,000 per facility, with a $5,000 blanket 
aggregate available to both California and non-California operations, separately.  In Colorado, the third-party coverage above 
these limits was $1,000 per claim and $3,000 per facility, which is independent of the aforementioned blanket aggregate applicable 
to its other 113 facilities.

The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and California  workers' compensation 
are self-insured through the Captive, the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but 
are not limited to, maintaining statutory capital. The Company’s policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially estimated 
costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. The 
Company develops information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information 
and actuarial analysis, and evaluates the estimates for claim loss exposure on a quarterly basis.

 The Company’s operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. To protect itself 
against loss exposure in California with this policy, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that 
insures individual claims that exceed $500 for each occurrence. In Texas, the operating subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber 
status for workers’ compensation claims and, effective February 1, 2011, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss  coverage 
that insures individual claims that exceed $750 for each occurrence. The Company’s operating subsidiaries in other states have 
third party guaranteed cost coverage. In California and Texas, the Company accrues amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle 
open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company uses actuarial 
valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience and industry information.

In  addition,  the  Company  has  recorded  an  asset  and  equal  liability  of  $3,280  and  $3,219  at  December 31,  2013  and 
December 31, 2012, respectively, in order to present the ultimate costs of malpractice and workers' compensation claims and the 
anticipated insurance recoveries on a gross basis.  See Note 12, Restricted and Other Assets.

102

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The Company provides self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of 
its employees. The Company is fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect itself against loss 
exposure with this policy, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that 
exceed $300 per each covered member, subject to an additional one-time deductible of $75.

 The Company believes that adequate provision has been made in the Financial Statements for liabilities that may arise out 
of patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of the Company’s 
reserves was determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry 
data. This estimation process requires the Company to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data 
obtained from this monitoring and the Company’s assumptions about emerging trends, the Company, with the assistance of an 
independent actuary, develops information about the size of ultimate claims based on the Company’s historical experience and 
other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the 
trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with 
respect to unpaid claims. The self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates 
of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility 
of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that the Company could experience changes in estimated losses 
that could be material to net income. If the Company’s actual liability exceeds its estimates of loss, its future earnings, cash flows 
and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Income Taxes — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting 
basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at tax rates in effect when such temporary differences are expected 
to reverse. The Company generally expects to fully utilize its deferred tax assets; however, when necessary, the Company records 
a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

When the Company takes uncertain income tax positions that do not meet the recognition criteria, it records a liability for 
underpayment of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability 
for such positions, the Company must consider the potential outcomes from a review of the positions by the taxing authorities.

In determining the need for a valuation allowance or the need for and magnitude of liabilities for uncertain tax positions, 
the  Company  makes  certain  estimates  and  assumptions. These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  based  on,  among  other  things, 
knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when appropriate, the opinions of advisors with 
knowledge and expertise in certain fields. Due to certain risks associated with the Company’s estimates and assumptions, actual 
results could differ.

Noncontrolling Interest — The noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is initially recognized at estimated fair value on the 
acquisition date and is presented within total equity in the Company's consolidated balance sheets.  The Company presents the 
noncontrolling interest and the amount of consolidated net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc. in its consolidated 
statements  of  income  and  net  income  per  share  is  calculated  based  on  net  income  attributable  to  The  Ensign  Group,  Inc.'s 
stockholders.  The carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest is adjusted based on an allocation of subsidiary earnings based 
on ownership interest. 

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment 
awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values, ratably over the requisite 
service period of the award. Net income has been reduced as a result of the recognition of the fair value of all stock options and 
restricted stock awards issued, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future grants and other variables.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities — The Company evaluates variable and fixed interest rate risk exposure on a routine 
basis and to the extent the Company believes that it is appropriate, it will offset most of its variable risk exposure by entering into 
interest rate swap agreements. It is the Company's policy to only utilize derivative instruments for hedging purposes (i.e. not for 
speculation). The Company formally designates its interest rate swap agreements as hedges and documents all relationships between 
hedging instruments and hedged items. The Company formally assesses effectiveness of its hedging relationships, both at the 
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, then measures and records ineffectiveness. The Company would discontinue hedge 
accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting change in the cash flows of 
a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) if it is no longer probable that the forecasted 
transaction will occur, or (iv) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer 
appropriate. The Company’s derivative is recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value.  

103

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Leases and Leasehold Improvements — At the inception of each lease, the Company performs an evaluation to determine 
whether the lease should be classified as an operating or capital lease. The Company records rent expense for leases that contain 
scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term used for straight-line rent expense is 
calculated from the date the Company is given control of the leased premises through the end of the lease term. The lease term 
used for this evaluation also provides the basis for establishing depreciable lives for buildings subject to lease and leasehold 
improvements, as well as the period over which the Company records straight-line rent expense. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Total Comprehensive Income — Accumulated other comprehensive loss refers 
to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that are recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. 
The Company’s other comprehensive loss consists of net deferred gains and losses on certain derivative instruments accounted 
for as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2013 accumulated other comprehensive loss was $1,828, recorded net of tax of $716, 
or $1,112.  As of December 31, 2012, accumulated other comprehensive loss was $2,866, recorded net of tax of $1,121, or $1,745.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Except for rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(SEC)  under  authority  of  federal  securities  laws  and  a  limited  number  of  grandfathered  standards,  the  Financial Accounting 
Standards Board (FASB) ASC is the sole source of authoritative GAAP literature recognized by the FASB and applicable to the 
Company.  The Company has reviewed the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) accounting pronouncements and 
interpretations thereof that have effectiveness dates during the periods reported and in future periods. The Company has carefully 
considered the new pronouncements that alter previous generally accepted accounting principles and does not believe that any 
new or modified principles will have a material impact on the Company's reported financial position or operations in the near 
term. The applicability of any standard is subject to the formal review of the Company's financial management and certain standards 
are under consideration.

Additionally, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board are working on joint convergence projects to 

address accounting differences between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards in order to support their 
commitment to achieve a single set of high-quality global accounting standards. One of the projects under deliberation includes 
accounting for leases. If enacted in its current draft form, the Company anticipates that the lease accounting proposal could 
impact its consolidated financial statements; however, the FASB's standard-setting process is ongoing and until new standards 
have been finalized and issued, the Company cannot quantify and determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements 
that may result from such  future changes.

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On March 25, 2013, the Company agreed to terms to sell DRX, a national urgent care franchise system for approximately 
$8,000, adjusted for certain assets and liabilities.  The asset sale was effective on April 15, 2013.  The assets acquired at the initial 
purchase of DRX, including noncontrolling interest, were recorded at fair value.  The initial fair value was greater than total cash 
paid to acquire all interests in DRX and the subsequent sale price.  The sale of DRX has been accounted for as discontinued 
operations.  Accordingly, the results of operations of this business for all periods presented and the loss related to this divesture 
have been classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  As the sale was effective 
April 15, 2013, all assets and liabilities included in the sale were recorded as held for sale on the Company's consolidated balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2012.  

A summary of discontinued operations follows:  

Revenue

Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent, general and administrative and
depreciation and amortization expenses shown separately below)

Charges to discontinued operations for the excess carrying amount of goodwill and
other indefinite-lived intangible assets

Facility rent—cost of services

Depreciation and amortization

Loss from discontinued operations

Benefit from income taxes

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit

$

104

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$

728

$

1,564

$

(807)

(3,646)

(2,837)
(12)
(33)
(2,961)
(1,157)
(1,804) $

—
(38)
(106)
(2,226)
(869)
(1,357) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Table of Contents

A summary of the net assets held for sale are as follows:  

Current assets

Long-term assets:

Goodwill

Other identifiable intangible assets, net

Other long-term assets, net

Total assets held for sale

Current liabilities

Long-term liabilities

Total liabilities held for sale

Net assets held for sale

December 31,

2013

2012

$

— $

268

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

— $

1,099

10,200

25

11,592

(339)
(130)
(469)
11,123

5. COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, 
Inc. stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period. The computation of diluted net 
income per share is similar to the computation of basic net income per share except that the denominator is increased to include 
the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been 
issued.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic net income per common share follows:

Years Ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Numerator:

Income from continuing operations
Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Plus: loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax
Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Denominator:

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income per share

Basic net income (loss) per common share:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Loss from discontinued operations

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

$

$

$

$

25,658
(186)
25,844
(1,804)
24,040

$

$

41,165
(783)
41,948
(1,357)
40,591

$

$

47,675
—
47,675
—
47,675

21,900

21,429

20,967

1.18
(0.08)
1.10

$

$

1.96
(0.07)
1.89

$

$

2.27

—

2.27

105

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of diluted net income per common share 

follows:

Years Ended December 31,
2012

2011

2013

Numerator:

Income from continuing operations

Less: net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interests

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Plus: loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

Denominator:

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Plus: incremental shares from assumed conversion (1)

Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding

Diluted net income (loss) per common share:

Income from continuing operations attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.
Loss from discontinued operations

Net income attributable to The Ensign Group, Inc.

$

$

$

$

25,658
(186)
25,844
(1,804)
24,040

$

$

21,900

464

22,364

41,165
(783)
41,948
(1,357)
40,591

21,429

513

21,942

$

47,675

—

47,675

—

$

47,675

20,967

616

21,583

1.16
(0.09)
1.07

$

$

1.91
(0.06)
1.85

$

$

2.21
—
2.21

(1) Options outstanding which are anti-dilutive and therefore not factored into the weighted average common shares amount above   
were 402, 340 and 97 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value measurements are based on a three-tier hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.  These tiers 
include:  Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other 
than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3, 
defined as observable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  financial  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  as  of 

December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of interest rate swap

December 31,

2013

2012

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

$ 65,755

$ — $ — $ 40,685

$ — $ —

$ — $ 1,828

$ — $ — $ 2,866

$ —

Our non-financial assets, which include long-lived assets, including goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment, 
are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, on a periodic basis, or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable, we assess our long-lived assets for impairment. When 
impairment has occurred, such long-lived assets are written down to fair value. See Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies for further discussion.

Investments - Held to Maturity

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $22,399 and $22,510, respectively, in  insurance subsidiary 
debt security investments which were classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost.  The carrying value of the debt 
securities approximates fair value.  The Company has the intent and ability to hold these debt securities to maturity.  Further, at 
December 31, 2013, $4,066 is held in AA-rated debt securities backed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) under 
the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, and $18,333 is held in A-rated debt securities.  These debt securities mature from 
February 2013 to October 2015.  At December 31, 2012, $6,310 was held in AA-rated debt securities and $16,200 was held in A-
rated debt securities.     

106

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Interest Rate Swap Agreement 

In connection with the Senior Credit Facility with a lending consortium arranged by SunTrust and Wells Fargo (the Senior 
Credit Facility), in July 2011, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in accordance with Company policy to 
reduce risk from volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate. The swap agreement, with a notional 
amount of $75,000, amortizing concurrently with the related term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility, was five years in 
length and set to mature on July 15, 2016. The interest rate swap has been designated as a cash flow hedge and, as such, changes 
in fair value are reported in other comprehensive income in accordance with hedge accounting. Under the terms of this swap 
agreement, the net effect of the hedge was to record swap interest expense at a fixed rate of approximately 4.3%, exclusive of 
fees.  Net  interest  paid  under  the  swap  was  $1,047,  $951  and  $471  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012,  and  2011, 
respectively.  In addition, based on the December 31, 2013 interest rate swap valuation, the Company expects to record swap 
interest expense of approximately $1,100 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company assesses hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis by performing a regression analysis. The 
regression analysis compares the historical monthly changes in fair value of the interest rate swap to the historical monthly changes 
in the fair value of a hypothetically perfect interest rate swap over the trailing 30 months. The change in fair value of the hypothetical 
derivative is regarded as a proxy for the present value of the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the hedged 
transaction. The regression analysis serves as the Company's prospective and retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness. 
Assuming the hedging relationship qualifies as highly effective, the actual swap will be recorded at fair value on the balance sheet 
and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) will be adjusted to reflect the lesser of either the cumulative change in the 
fair value of the actual swap or the cumulative change in the fair value of the hypothetical derivative.  

The interest rate swap agreement is recorded at fair value based upon valuation models which utilize relevant factors such 
as the contractual terms of the interest rate swap agreements, credit spreads for the contracting parties and interest rate curves. 
Based on this valuation method, the Company categorized the interest rate swap as Level 2 and recorded  accumulated other 
comprehensive losses as of December 31, 2013 of $1,828, recorded net of tax of $716, or $1,112 in stockholders' equity, compared 
to  $2,866,  recorded  net  of  tax  of  $1,121,  or  $1,745  as  of  December  31,  2012.    There  are  no  amounts  attributable  to  hedge 
ineffectiveness that were required to be recognized in earnings.  

7. REVENUE AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is summarized in the following tables:

Medicaid

Medicare

Medicaid — skilled

Total Medicaid and Medicare

Managed care
Private and other payors(1)

2013

December 31,

2012

2011

$

%

$

%

$

%

$ 323,803  

35.8% $ 302,046  

36.7% $ 277,736

36.6%

292,917  

36,085  

652,805  

118,168  

133,583  

32.4

4.0

72.2

13.1

14.7

278,578  

25,418  

606,042  

106,268  

110,845  

33.8

3.1

73.6

12.9

13.5

272,283

20,290

570,309

94,266

93,702

35.9

2.7

75.2

12.4

12.4

Revenue

100.0% $ 823,155  
(1) Private and other payors includes revenue from urgent care centers and other ancillary businesses.

$ 904,556  

100.0% $ 758,277

100.0%

107

 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is summarized in the following table: 

Medicaid
Managed care
Medicare
Private and other payors

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable

8. ACQUISITIONS

December 31,

2013

2012

$

$

38,068
30,911
34,562
24,369
127,910
(16,540)
111,370

$

$

28,534
26,707
32,168
20,589
107,998
(13,811)
94,187

The  Company’s  acquisition  policy  is  generally  to  purchase  or  lease  operations  to  complement  the  Company’s  existing 
portfolio.  The results of all the Company’s operations are included in the accompanying Financial Statements subsequent to the 
date of acquisition. Acquisitions are typically paid for in cash and are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. 
Where the Company enters into facility lease agreements, the Company typically does not pay any material amount to the prior 
facility operator nor does the Company acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other than rights and obligations under the 
lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction. Some leases include options to purchase the facilities. As a 
result, from time to time, the Company will acquire facilities that the Company has been operating under third-party leases.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company acquired seven stand-alone skilled nursing facilities, three stand-
alone assisted living facilities, three home health operations, three hospice operations and one urgent care center. The aggregate 
purchase price of the 17 business acquisitions was approximately $45,364, which was paid in cash.  The Company also entered 
into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior tenant as part of each transaction.  The operations acquired during the 
year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

•  On January 1, 2013, the Company acquired a home health operation in Washington for approximately $2,801, which 
was paid in cash.  The acquisition did not have an impact on the Company's operational bed count.  The Company 
recognized  $1,966  and  $815  in  goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,  respectively,  as  part  of  this 
transaction.

•  On  January  1,  2013,  the  Company  acquired  two  hospice  operations  in Arizona  and  California,  respectively,  for 
approximately $1,825, which was paid in cash.  The acquisition did not have an impact on the Company's operational 
bed count. The Company recognized $1,825 in other indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of these transactions.

•  On February 16, 2013, the Company acquired a home health operation in Texas for approximately $375, which was 
paid in cash.  This acquisition did not have an impact on the Company's operational bed count.  The Company recognized 
$375 in other indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of this transaction.

•  On March 1, 2013, the Company acquired a home health and hospice operation in Washington for approximately $1,137, 
which was paid in cash.  This acquisition did not have an impact on the Company's operational bed count.  The Company 
recognized $1,137 in other indefinite-lived intangible assets as part of this transaction.

• 

In addition, on March 1, 2013, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Texas for approximately $4,508, 
which was paid in cash. This acquisition added 150 operational skilled nursing beds to the Company's operations. 

•  On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired three skilled nursing facilities in Texas for an aggregate purchase price of 
approximately $7,114, which was paid in cash.  These acquisitions added 280 operational skilled nursing beds to the 
Company's operations.

•  On May 1, 2013, the Company acquired a skilled nursing facility and an assisted living facility in Washington for an 
aggregate purchase price of $11,585, which was paid in cash.  These acquisitions added 102 operational assisted living 
units and 110 operational skilled nursing beds to the Company's operations.

108

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

• 

In addition, on May 1, 2013, the Company acquired a skilled nursing facility in Nebraska for approximately $2,846, 
which was paid in cash.  This acquisition added 70 operational skilled nursing beds to the Company's operations.

•  On June 1, 2013, the Company acquired an assisted living facility in California for approximately $4,263, which was 

paid in cash.  This acquisition added 110 operational assisted living units to the Company's operations.

• 

In addition, on June 1, 2013, the Company acquired an assisted living facility in Utah for approximately $2,856, which 
was paid in cash.  This acquisition added 69 operational assisted living units to the Company's operations.

•  On July 1, 2013 the Company acquired a skilled nursing facility in Washington for approximately $4,499, which was 

paid in cash.  This acquisition added 82 operational skilled nursing beds to the Company's operations.

• 

In addition, on September 16, 2013, the Company acquired an existing leased urgent care center for approximately 
$1,555, which was paid in cash.  The Company assumed the existing lease that was in place at the time of acquisition.  
The urgent care center acquisition did not have an impact on the Company's bed count.  As part of this acquisition, the 
Company recognized $1,231 in goodwill.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company acquired five stand-alone skilled nursing facilities, one stand-alone 
assisted living facility, two home health operations and one hospice operation. The aggregate purchase price of the nine long-term 
care business acquisitions was approximately $31,558, which was paid in cash.  The Company also entered into a separate operations 
transfer agreement with the prior tenant as part of each transaction.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company purchased the underlying assets of three of its skilled 
nursing facilities in California which it previously operated under long-term lease agreements, which contained options to purchase, 
for $11,386, which was paid in cash.  These acquisitions did not impact the Company's operational bed count.

In January 2012, the Company announced the formation of Immediate Clinic (IC) to develop and operate urgent care centers 
and related businesses. The first IC operated centers opened in the third quarter of 2012.  As of the year ended December 31, 2013, 
the Company had seven IC operated centers open.   On October 4, 2012, the Company invested an additional $6,000 to IC in 
exchange for senior preferred stock, which resulted in the Company holding approximately 96% of the outstanding interests in 
the joint venture on a fully-diluted basis. On December 20, 2012, the Company purchased the remaining outstanding interests in 
IC for approximately $400.

On March 1, 2012, DRX Urgent Care LLC (DRX), a newly formed subsidiary of IC, purchased substantially all of the
assets and assumed certain liabilities of Doctors Express Franchising LLC, a national urgent care franchise system for $2,000, 
adjusted for certain items at the time of close and redeemable noncontrolling interest. The redeemable noncontrolling interest 
was fair valued at the acquisition date at $11,600. The Company recognized intangible assets of $7,900 in trade name, $3,000 
in franchise relationships and $2,724 in goodwill. See additional details in Note 11, Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived 
Intangible Assets - Net. On December 31, 2012, IC purchased the remaining ownership interest in DRX for approximately 
$5,300.

On December 31, 2012, the Company purchased 80% of the membership interest of a mobile x-ray and diagnostic company 
for $5,800, plus preliminary net working capital of approximately $1,300 for total consideration of approximately $7,100, which 
was paid in cash.  The Company recognized intangible assets of approximately $900 in trade name, $4,200 in customer relationship 
and $2,100 in goodwill.  The Company believes that goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.  See additional details in Note 
11 Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets-Net to the Financial Statements. 

109

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The table below presents the allocation of the purchase price for the operations acquired in business combinations during 

the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Land

Building and improvements

Equipment, furniture, and fixtures

Assembled occupancy

Goodwill

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets

Definite-lived intangible assets

Other assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed

Total acquisitions

Less: redeemable noncontrolling interest

Less: noncontrolling interest in mobile diagnostic company acquired
Less: cash received at acquisition
Total cash paid for acquisitions

December 31,

2013

2012

$

9,312

$

26,593

1,386

724

3,197

4,152

—

—

45,364

$

—

—
—
45,364

$

$

$

1,012

17,615

1,771

289

7,105

10,007

7,200

651

45,650
(11,600)
(1,778)
(714)
31,558

  The Company’s acquisition strategy has been focused on identifying both opportunistic and strategic acquisitions within 
its  target  markets  that  offer  strong  opportunities  for  return  on  invested  capital. The  operations  acquired  by  the  Company  are 
frequently  underperforming  financially  and  can  have  regulatory  and  clinical  challenges  to  overcome.  Financial  information, 
especially with underperforming operations, is often inadequate, inaccurate or unavailable. Consequently, the Company believes 
that prior operating results are not meaningful, representative of the Company’s current operating results or indicative of the 
integration potential of its newly acquired operations. The businesses acquired in each of the years ending December 31, 2013, 
and  2012  were  not  material  acquisitions  to  the  Company  individually  or  in  the  aggregate. Accordingly,  pro  forma  financial 
information is not presented. These acquisitions have been included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, and the 
operating results have been included in the consolidated statement of income of the Company since the dates the Company gained 
effective control.

9. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

Land

Buildings and improvements

Equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Construction in progress

Less: accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

110

December 31,

2013

2012

$

79,679

$

379,021

97,984

8,851

44,123

2,081

611,739
(131,969)
479,770

$

$

70,487

341,096

80,860

8,790

32,570

14,185

547,988
(100,133)
447,855

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Net

Intangible Assets

Weighted
Average
Life
(Years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount

December 31,

2013

2012

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Lease acquisition costs

15.5 $

684

$

Favorable lease

Assembled occupancy

Facility trade name

Customer relationships

Total

15.0

0.5

30.0

20.0

1,596

2,979

733

4,200

$

10,192

$

(589) $
(532)
(2,948)
(195)
(210)
(4,474) $

95

$

684

$

1,064

31

538

3,990

1,596

2,255

733

4,200

5,718

$

9,468

$

(545) $
(426)
(2,211)
(171)
—
(3,353) $

139

1,170

44

562

4,200

6,115

Amortization expense was $1,121, $571 and $1,329 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 
Of the $1,121 in amortization expense incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately $737 related to the 
amortization of patient base intangible assets at recently acquired facilities, which is typically amortized over a period of four to 
eight months, depending on the classification of the patients and the level of occupancy in a new acquisition on the acquisition 
date.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the years ending December 31 is as follows:

Year
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter

Amount

416
365
345
345
345
3,902
5,718

$

$

11. GOODWILL AND OTHER INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of each year for each reporting 
unit that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is produced and reviewed by operating segment management 
and provides services that are distinct from the other components of the operating segment. The Company tests for impairment 
by comparing the net assets of each reporting unit to their respective fair values. The Company determines the estimated fair value 
of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event a unit's net assets exceed its fair value, an implied fair 
value of goodwill must be determined by assigning the unit's fair value to each asset and liability of the unit. The excess of the 
fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An 
impairment loss is measured by the difference between the goodwill carrying value and the implied fair value. 

On March 25, 2013, the Company agreed to terms to sell DRX, a national urgent care franchise system for approximately  
$8,000, adjusted for certain assets and liabilities.  The asset sale was effective on April 15, 2013.  The sale resulted in a pre-tax 
loss of $2,837 for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Company recognized charges to discontinued operations for the excess 
carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets of $1,099 and $1,738, respectively, during the year ended 
December 31, 2013 as part of this transaction.  See Note 4, Discontinued Operations for additional information.

111

 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The following table represents activity in goodwill as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

January 1, 2011

Additions

Impairments
December 31, 2011

Additions

Impairments
December 31, 2012

Less: charge to discontinued operations for the excess carrying amount of goodwill

Additions

Impairment

Purchase price adjustment
December 31, 2013

Goodwill

10,339

6,838

—

17,177

7,104
(1,625)
22,656
(1,099)
21,557

3,197
(490)
(329)
23,935

$

$

The Company recorded an impairment charge to goodwill on one facility of $490 for the year ended December 31, 2013.  
The facility experienced a significant reduction in admissions due to extensive renovations, which occurred over a year, which 
resulted in declines in related forecasted cash flows, resulting in the impairment to goodwill.  Prior to this, the Company had not 
recorded a goodwill impairment charge related to a facility since the year ended December 31, 2010.  Since 1999, the Company 
has recognized cumulative goodwill impairment losses of $3,399.  The purchase price adjustment of $329 relates to the finalization 
of net working capital for the Company's acquisition in a mobile x-ray and diagnostic company in fiscal year 2012.

The initial fair value of DRX assets and liabilities incorporated the fair value analysis of the noncontrolling interest. Therefore, 
the original carrying value was based on the fair value of the noncontrolling interest and cash paid. In the course of performing 
its impairment analysis for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company performed an impairment test over the assets of 
DRX. As part of the impairment test, the Company calculated the fair value of certain assets, including trade name and franchise 
agreements. To determine the implied value of goodwill, fair values were allocated to the assets and liabilities of DRX as of 
December 31, 2012. The implied fair value of goodwill was measured as the excess of the fair value of DRX over the amounts 
assigned to its assets and liabilities. The impairment loss for DRX was measured by the amount the carrying value of goodwill 
exceeded the implied fair value of the goodwill. Based on this assessment, the Company recorded a charge to goodwill and trade 
name at DRX of $1,625 and $600, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2012, which the Company attributed to a decline 
in the estimated fair value of redeemable noncontrolling interest.  See Note 4, Discontinued Operations.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company anticipates that total goodwill recognized will be fully deductible for tax purposes.  

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $4,109 and $43 in home health and hospice Medicare 
license and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets, respectively, as part of its acquisition of three home health and three 
hospice operations.

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of the following:

Trade name

Home health and hospice Medicare license

December 31,

2013

2012

$

$

1,033

6,707

7,740

$

$

990

2,598

3,588

112

 
  
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

12. RESTRICTED AND OTHER ASSETS

Restricted and other assets consist of the following:

Note receivable

Debt issuance costs, net

Long-term insurance losses recoverable asset

Deposits with landlords

Capital improvement reserves with landlords and lenders

Equity method investment

Other long-term assets

Restricted and other assets

December 31,

2013

2012

$

2,000

$

2,801

3,280

872

706

—

145

$

9,804

$

—

2,769

3,219

749

683

1,220

—

8,640

Included in other assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, are anticipated insurance recoveries related to the Company's 
general and professional liability claims that are recorded on a gross rather than net basis in accordance with an Accounting 
Standards Update issued by the FASB, capitalized debt issuance costs and the long-term portion of a note receivable from the sale 
of DRX.   See Note 4, Discontinued Operations.  Included in other assets as of December 31, 2012, was a non-marketable equity 
investment accounted for under the equity method.  On April 23, 2013, the Company entered into a common unit redemption 
agreement with the investee where the non-marketable equity investment was repurchased for $1,600.  The Company recognized 
a gain on the sale of its non-marketable equity investment of $380 in the second quarter of 2013.

13. OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

Quality assurance fee
Resident refunds payable
Deferred revenue
Cash held in trust for residents
Resident deposits
Dividends payable
Property taxes
Other

Other accrued liabilities

$

December 31,

2013

2012

$

3,933
5,238
4,633
1,780
1,680
1,564
2,894
3,976

2,010
4,564
5,661
1,520
1,666
—
2,264
3,186

$

25,698

$

20,871

Quality assurance fee represents amounts payable to California, Arizona, Utah, Idaho, Washington, Colorado, Iowa, and 
Nebraska in respect of a mandated fee based on resident days. Resident refunds payable includes amounts due to residents for 
overpayments and duplicate payments. Deferred revenue occurs when the Company receives payments in advance of services 
provided. Cash held in trust for residents reflects monies received from, or on behalf of, residents. Maintaining a trust account for 
residents is a regulatory requirement and, while the trust assets offset the liability, the Company assumes a fiduciary responsibility 
for these funds. The cash balance related to this liability is included in other current assets in the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets.

113

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

14. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is summarized as follows: 

Current:

Federal

State

Deferred:

Federal

State

Total

December 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

13,457   $

24,434   $

24,217

2,766  

4,445  

16,223  

28,879  

4,185

28,402

3,777  

3  

3,780  

$

20,003   $

(2,433)  
(1,312)  
(3,745)  
25,134   $

2,041
(951)
1,090

29,492

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 

respectively, is comprised as follows: 

Income tax expense at statutory rate
State income taxes - net of federal benefit
Non-deductible settlement costs
Non-deductible expenses
Other adjustments

Total income tax provision

2013

December 31,
2012

2011

35.0%  
4.0
5.0
0.6
(0.8)
43.8%  

35.0%  
3.0
—
0.5
(0.6)
37.9%  

35.0%
2.9
—
0.3
—
38.2%

The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows: 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

Accrued expenses
Allowance for doubtful accounts

Tax credits

Captive insurance

Total deferred tax assets

State taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Prepaid expenses

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2013

2012

$

12,814   $
6,836  

2,898

8,979

31,527  
(1,111)  
(10,825)  
(5,895)
(17,831)  
13,696   $

$

16,916
5,705

2,400

7,360

32,381
(327)
(11,828)
(3,121)
(15,276)
17,105

The Company had state credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $2,898 and $2,400, respectively.  These 
carryforwards almost entirely relate to state limitations on the application of Enterprise Zone employment-related tax credits.  
These Enterprise Zone credits are currently expected to carryforward until 2023 to offset future state income tax.  The remainder 
of these carryforwards relate to credits against the Texas margin tax and is expected to carryforward until 2027.

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The  Company  had  Federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012  of  $1,243  and  $932, 
respectively.  These Federal net operating losses are expected to carry forward until 2032. The Company also had state net operating 
losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $559 and $1,134, respectively. These state net operating losses carry forward over 
various periods.

As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the 

Company's effective tax rate.

The Federal statutes of limitations on the Company's 2007, 2008, and 2009 income tax years lapsed during the third quarter 
of 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.  During the fourth quarter of each year, various state statutes of limitations also lapsed.  The 
lapses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 had no impact on the Company's unrecognized tax benefits.

 During the first quarter of 2012, the State of California initiated an examination of the Company's income tax returns for 
the 2008 and 2009 income tax years.  The examination was primarily focused on the Captive and the treatment of related insurance 
matters. To date, California has not proposed any adjustments.  The Company is not currently under examination by any other 
major income tax jurisdiction. The Company does not believe the California examination or any other event will significantly 
impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.

The Company classifies interest and/or penalties on income tax liabilities or refunds as additional income tax expense or 

income.  Such amounts are not material.

The Company recorded total pre-tax charges related to the settlement with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and related 
expenses of $33,000 and $15,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for a total charge of $48,000. 
The Company recorded estimated tax benefits of $10,383 and $5,865 during the year ended December 31, 2013 and three months 
ended December 31, 2012, respectively.  See Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies. 

15. LEASES

 The Company leases certain facilities and its administrative offices under non-cancelable operating leases, most of which 
have initial lease terms ranging from five to 20 years. The Company also leases certain of its equipment under non-cancelable 
operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Most of these leases contain renewal options, certain of which 
involve rent increases. Total rent expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $14,073, $13,779 and $14,185 for the 
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments for all leases as of December 31, 2013 are as follows: 

Year
2014
2015
2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

$

Amount

13,693
13,677
13,686

13,722

13,764

71,093

$ 139,635

Six of the Company's facilities are operated under two separate three-facility master lease arrangements and a breach at a 
single facility could subject multiple facilities covered by the same master lease to the same default risk.  Under a master lease, 
the Company may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease.  Failure to comply 
with Medicare and Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of the Company's master lease agreements and debt 
financing instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master 
lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in the Company's outstanding debt arrangements and other leases. With 
an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent 
of the landlord. In addition, a number of the Company's individual facility leases are held by the same or related landlords, and 
some of these leases include cross-default provisions that could cause a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with 
respect to others, potentially subjecting certain leases and facilities to the various remedies available to the landlords under separate 
but cross-defaulted leases. The Company is not aware of any defaults as of December 31, 2013.

115

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

16. SELF INSURANCE RESERVES

The following table represents activity in our insurance reserves as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 

2012: 

Balance January 1, 2012

Current year provisions

Claims paid and direct expenses

Long-term insurance losses recoverable
Balance December 31, 2012

Current year provisions

Claims paid and direct expenses

Long-term insurance losses recoverable
Balance December 31, 2013

General and
Professional
Liability

$

32,010

Worker's
Compensation
9,827
$

Health

Total

$

2,436

$

44,273

13,226
(9,207)
(921)
35,108

7,879
(11,890)
(648)
30,449   $

$

7,186
(5,031)
1,326

13,308

6,656
(4,755)
709

14,302
(14,271)
—

2,467

17,170
(16,901)
—

34,714
(28,509)
405

50,883

31,705
(33,546)
61

15,918   $

2,736   $

49,103

Included in long-term insurance losses recoverable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, are anticipated insurance recoveries 
related to the Company's general and professional liability claims that are recorded on a gross rather than net basis in accordance 
with GAAP.  

17. DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

Promissory note with RBS, principal and interest payable monthly and continuing through
March 2019, interest at a fixed rate, collateralized by real property, assignment of rents and
Company guaranty.
Senior Credit Facility with SunTrust and Wells Fargo, principal and interest payable
quarterly, balance due at February 1, 2018, secured by substantially all of the Company’s
personal property.
Ten Project Note with GECC, principal and interest payable monthly; interest is fixed,
balance due June 2016, collateralized by deeds of trust on real property, assignment of
rents, security agreements and fixture financing statements.

Promissory note with RBS, principal and interest payable monthly and continuing through
January 2018, interest at a fixed rate, collateralized by real property, assignment of rents
and Company guaranty.

Promissory notes, principal, and interest payable monthly and continuing through
October 2019, interest at fixed rate, collateralized by deed of trust on real property,
assignment of rents and security agreement.

Mortgage note, principal, and interest payable monthly and continuing through
February 2027, interest at fixed rate, collateralized by deed of trust on real property,
assignment of rents and security agreement.

Less current maturities

Less debt discount

December 31,

2013

2012

$

20,347

$

21,032

144,325

89,375

48,864

50,072

32,122

33,167

8,919

9,203

5,429

260,006
(7,411)
(700)
251,895

$

5,665

208,514
(7,187)
(822)
200,505

$

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Senior Credit Facility with a Lending Consortium Arranged by SunTrust and Wells Fargo (the Senior Credit Facility)

On April 22, 2013, the Company entered into the fourth amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment), 
which amended the Company's existing Senior Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, to amend certain covenants, 
representations and other key provisions in the credit agreement to, among other things, (i) allow for the settlement relating to the 
previously disclosed federal civil investigation that has been conducted by the U.S. Department of Justice and related federal 
agencies in an amount up to $50,000 and (ii) permit the Company to enter into a corporate integrity agreement with the Office of 
Inspector General-HHS.  Except as set forth in the Fourth Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Senior Credit Facility, 
as amended, remained in full force.

On February 1, 2013, the Company entered into the third amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (the Third Amendment), 
which amended the Company's existing Senior Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011.  The Third Amendment 
revised the Senior Credit Facility Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the revolving credit portion of the Senior Credit 
Facility by $75,000 to an aggregate principal amount of $150,000, of which $78,700 was drawn as of December 31, 2013, and 
(ii) extend the maturity date of the Senior Credit Facility from July 15, 2016 to February 1, 2018.  Except as set forth in the Third 
Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Senior Credit Facility remained in full force and effect as described below. 

On July 15, 2011, the Company entered into the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $150,000 
comprised of a $75,000 revolving credit facility and a $75,000 term loan advanced in one drawing on July 15, 2011.  Borrowings 
under the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility amortize in equal quarterly installments commencing on September 30, 
2011, in an aggregate annual amount equal to 5% per annum of the original principal amount.  Interest rates per annum applicable 
to the Senior Credit Facility are, at the option of the Company, (i) LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.5% or (ii) the Base Rate (as 
defined by the agreement) plus an initial margin of 1.5%.  Under the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, the applicable margin 
adjusts based on the Company’s leverage ratio as set forth in further detail in the Senior Credit Facility agreement.  Amounts 
borrowed pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and secured 
by substantially all of their personal property.  To reduce the risk related to interest rate fluctuations, the Company, on behalf of 
the subsidiaries, entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively fix the interest rate on the term loan portion of the 
Senior Credit Facility.  See further details of the interest rate swap at Note 6, Fair Value Measurements.

Among  other  things,  under  the  Senior  Credit  Facility,  the  Company  must  maintain  compliance  with  specified  financial 
covenants measured on a quarterly basis, including a maximum net leverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio and minimum 
asset coverage ratio.  The loan documents also include certain additional reporting, affirmative and negative covenants including 
limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens, investments in other businesses, dividends declared in excess of 
20% of consolidated net income and repurchases and capital expenditures.  As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance 
with all loan covenants. 

Promissory Note with RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 

On February 17, 2012, two of the Company's real estate holding subsidiaries as Borrowers executed a promissory note in 
favor of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. (RBS) as Lender for an aggregate of $21,525 (the 2012 RBS Loan). The 2012 RBS Loan was 
secured by Commercial Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filings on the properties 
owned by the Borrowers, and other related instruments and agreements, including without limitation a promissory note and a 
Company guaranty. The 2012 RBS Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%. Amounts borrowed under the 2012 RBS Loan 
may be prepaid starting after the second anniversary of the note subject to certain prepayment fees. The term of the RBS Loan is 
for seven years, with monthly principal and interest payments commencing on April 1, 2012 and the balance due on March 1, 
2019. 

Among  other  things,  under  the  RBS  Loan  the  Company  must  maintain  compliance  with  specified  financial  covenants 
measured on a quarterly basis, including a minimum debt service coverage ratio, an average occupancy rate and a minimum project 
yield.  The  Loan  Documents  also  include  certain  additional  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  limitations  on  the 
disposition of the Borrowers and the collateral and minimum average cash balance requirements. As of December 31, 2013, the 
Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.

117

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Promissory Notes with RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 

On December 31, 2010, four of the Company's real estate holding subsidiaries executed a promissory note with RBS as 
Lender for an aggregate of $35,000 (RBS Loan). The RBS Loan was secured by Commercial Deeds of Trust, Security Agreements, 
Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Fillings on the four properties and other related instruments and agreements, including 
without limitation a promissory note and a Company guaranty. The RBS Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.04%. Amounts 
borrowed under the RBS Loan may be prepaid starting after the second anniversary of the note subject to prepayment fees of 5.0% 
of the principal balance on the date of prepayment. These prepayment fees are reduced by 1.0% a year for years three through 
seven of the loan. The term of the RBS Loan is for seven years, with monthly principal and interest payments commencing on 
February 1, 2011 and the balance due on January 1, 2018.

Among other things, under the RBS Loan, the Company must maintain compliance with specified financial covenants 
measured on a quarterly basis, including a minimum debt service coverage ratio, an average occupancy rate and a minimum 
project yield. The loan documents also include certain additional affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on 
the disposition of the Borrowers and the collateral. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all loan 
covenants. 

Term Loan with General Electric Capital Corporation

On December 29, 2006, a number of the Company's independent real estate holding subsidiaries jointly entered into the 
Third  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  Agreement,  with  General  Electric  Capital  Corporation  (GECC),  which  consists  of  an 
approximately $55,700 multiple-advance term loan, further referred to as the Ten Project Note. The Ten Project Note matures in 
June 2016, and is currently secured by the real and personal property comprising the ten facilities owned by these subsidiaries.  
The Ten Project Note was funded in advances, with each advance bearing interest at a separate rate. The interest rates range from 
6.95% to 7.50% per annum. 

Under the Ten Project Note, the Company is subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a 
loan of this type. Effective October 1, 2006 and continuing each calendar quarter thereafter, we are subject to restrictive financial 
covenants, including average occupancy, Debt Service (as defined in the agreement) and Project Yield (as defined in the agreement). 
As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.

Promissory Notes with Johnson Land Enterprises, Inc.

On October 1, 2009, four subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. entered into four separate promissory notes with Johnson 
Land Enterprises, LLC, for an aggregate of $10,000, as a part of the Company’s acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in 
Utah. The unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest from these notes is due on September 30, 2019. The notes bear interest 
at a rate of 6.0% per annum. As a part of this transaction, the Company recorded a discount to the debt balance in the form of 
imputed interest of $1,218. This amount will be amortized over the term of the promissory notes, or 10 years.

Mortgage Loan with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.

Ensign Southland LLC, a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc., entered into a mortgage loan on January 30, 2001 with 
Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. The mortgage loan is insured with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 
or HUD, which subjects the Company's Southland facility to HUD oversight and periodic inspections.  The unpaid balance of 
principal and accrued interest from this mortgage loan is due on February 1, 2027. The mortgage loan bears interest at the rate of 
7.5% per annum.

This mortgage loan is secured by the real property comprising the Southland Care Center facility and the rents, issues and 

profits thereof, as well as all personal property used in the operation of the facility.

Based on Level 2, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value of such 

debt for all periods presented based upon the interest rates that the Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt.

118

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Future principal payments due under the long-term debt arrangements discussed above are as follows:

Years Ending
December 31,
2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Thereafter

$

Amount

7,411

7,672

52,589

6,584

157,790

27,960

$

260,006

18. OPTIONS AND AWARDS

Stock-based compensation expense consists of share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including 
employee  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  awards,  based  on  estimated  fair  values.   As  stock-based  compensation  expense 
recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was based 
on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time 
of grant and, if necessary, revises the estimate in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ.

The Company has three option plans, the 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (2001 Plan), the 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan (2005 Plan) and the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2007 Plan), all of which have been approved by 
the  stockholders.    The  total  number  of  shares  available  under  all  of  the  Company’s  stock  incentive  plans  was  1,780  as  of 
December 31, 2013.

2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan - The 2001 Plan authorizes the sale of up to 1,980 shares of 
common stock to officers, employees, directors, and consultants of the Company.  Granted non-employee director options vest 
and become exercisable immediately.  Generally, all other granted options and restricted stock vest over five years at 20% per 
year on the anniversary of the grant date.  Options expire ten years from the date of grant.  The exercise price of the stock is 
determined by the board of directors, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair value on the date of grant.  At December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011, there were 319, 319 and 314, respectively, unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this 
plan, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue. 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan - The 2005 Plan authorizes the sale of up to 1,000 shares of treasury stock of which only 800 shares 
were repurchased and therefore eligible for reissuance.  Options granted to non-employee directors vest and become exercisable 
immediately. All other granted options vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire 
10 years from the date of grant. There were 147 unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan for each 
of the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue. 

2007  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan - The  2007  Plan  authorizes  the  sale  of  up  to  1,000 shares  of  common  stock  to  officers, 
employees, directors and consultants of the Company. In addition, the number of shares of common stock reserved under the 2007 
Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning on January 1, 2008, in an amount equal to the lesser 
of (i) 1,000 shares of common stock, or (ii) 2% of the number of shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding 
fiscal year, or (iii) such lesser number as determined by the Company's board of directors. Granted non-employee director options 
vest and become exercisable in three equal annual installments, or the length of the term if less than three years, on the completion 
of  each  year  of  service  measured  from  the  grant  date. All  other  granted  options  vest  over  five  years  at  20%  per  year  on  the 
anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, there were 
1,314, 1,149 and 1,039 unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to recognize the value of stock-based compensation expense 
for all share-based payment awards. Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based 
awards  at  the  grant  date  requires  considerable  judgment,  including  estimating  stock  price  volatility,  expected  option  life  and 
forfeiture rates. The Company develops estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly 
over time. The Black-Scholes model required the Company to make several key judgments including: 

119

 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

•  The  expected  option  term  reflects  the  application  of  the  simplified  method  set  out  in  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin 
(SAB) No. 107 Share-Based Payment (SAB 107), which was issued in March 2005. In December 2007, the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (SEC) released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 (SAB 110), which extends the use of the 
“simplified” method, under certain circumstances, in developing an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” share 
options.  Accordingly, the Company has utilized the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted 
average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option term. The Company will utilize its own experience 
to calculate the expected option term in the future when it has sufficient history.

•  Estimated volatility also reflects the application of SAB 107 interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical 
volatility  of  similar  public  entities  until  sufficient  information  regarding  the  volatility  of  the  Company's  share  price 
becomes available.  The Company will utilize its own experience to calculate estimated volatility in the future when it 
has sufficient history.

•  The dividend yield is based on the Company's historical pattern of dividends as well as expected dividend patterns.

•  The  risk-free  rate  is  based  on  the  implied  yield  of  U.S. Treasury  notes  as  of  the  grant  date  with  a  remaining  term 

approximately equal to the expected term.

•  Estimated forfeiture rate of approximately 8.45% per year is based on the Company's historical forfeiture activity of 

unvested stock options.

The Company used the following assumptions for stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 

and 2011:

Grant Year

2013
2012
2011

Options
Granted

248
246
97

Weighted Average
Risk-Free Rate
1.18% - 1.87%
0.84% - 1.18%
1.42% - 2.53%

Expected
Life

6.5 years
6.5 years
6.5 years

Weighted
Average
Volatility

Weighted
Average
Dividend Yield
55% 0.64% - 0.93%
55%
55%

0.93%
0.93%

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the following represents the exercise price and fair value 

displayed at grant date for stock option grants:

Grant Year
2013
2012

2011

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Granted

Weighted
Average
Fair Value
of Options
17.70
$
13.47
$

248
246

97

$
$

$

35.47
27.65

24.79

$

12.38

The weighted average exercise price equaled the weighted average fair value of common stock on the grant date for all 
options granted during the periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and therefore, the intrinsic value was $0 at date of 
grant.

120

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The following table represents the employee stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 

2011:

January 1, 2011

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised
December 31, 2011

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised
December 31, 2012

Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
December 31, 2013

Number of
Options
Outstanding

1,904

97
(54)
(314)
1,633

246
(63)
(429)
1,387

248
(66)
(320)
1,249

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
11.55
$

Number of
Options Vested
921

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
of Options
Vested

$

9.07

24.79

13.57

7.90

12.97

27.65

15.80

10.95

16.06

35.47
24.71
11.19

20.71

$

$

$

936

$

10.65

739

$

11.88

681

$

14.23

The following summary information reflects stock options outstanding, vested and related details as of December 31, 2013:

Year of Grant

2005
2006
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total

Exercise Price
5.75
-
4.99
-
7.05
7.50
9.38
- 14.87
14.88 - 16.70
17.47 - 18.16
21.61 - 29.30
24.04 - 29.16
29.25 - 42.13

Stock Options Outstanding

Number
Outstanding
20
96
254
280
73
80
215
231
1,249

Black-
Scholes
Fair Value
*
923
1,409
2,221
653
993
2,890
4,116
13,205

$

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10

Stock
Options
Vested

Vested and
Exercisable
20
96
254
208
35
29
39
—
681

*   The Company will not recognize the Black-Scholes fair value for awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 unless such 
awards are modified.

In addition to the above, during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company granted 93, 71 and 143 
restricted stock awards, respectively.   All awards were granted at an exercise price of $0 and vest over five years.   The fair value 
per share of restricted awards granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 ranged from $27.98 to $42.13, $24.04 to $29.16 and $21.61 to 
$29.30, respectively. 

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

  A summary of the status of the Company's nonvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2013, and changes 

during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is presented below:

Nonvested at January 1, 2011

Granted

Vested

Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2011

Granted

Vested

Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2012

Granted

Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested at December 31, 2013

Nonvested
Restricted
Awards

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

102

$

143
(31)
(4)
210

71
(44)
(13)
224

93
(51)
(36)
230

$

$

$

18.05

25.52

24.18

19.16

22.32

27.78

27.53

21.98

23.04

35.27

23.67
24.70
28.68

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted 10 automatic quarterly stock awards to non-
employee directors for their service on the Company's board of directors.  The fair value per share of these stock awards ranged 
from $27.98 to $41.91 based on the market price on the grant date.  The Company also granted 11 executive incentive awards 
at a fair value per share of $32.85 based on the market price on the grant date. 

Total share-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as 

follows:

Share-based compensation expense related to stock options
Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards
Share-based compensation expense related to stock awards
Total

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$

$

2,217
1,387
795
4,399

$

$

1,903
1,084
1,752
4,739

$

$

2,265
1,091
—
3,356

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company expensed $410 in share-based compensation related to the quarterly 

stock awards to non-employee directors.

The Company recognized tax benefits related to share-based compensation expense of $1,723, $1,740, and $1,285 during 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  respectively.    In  future  periods,  the  Company  expects  to  recognize 
approximately $7,089 and $5,867 in share-based compensation expense for unvested options and unvested restricted stock awards, 
respectively, that were outstanding as of December 31, 2013.  Future share-based compensation expense will be recognized over 
3.8 and 3.5 weighted average years for unvested options and restricted stock awards, respectively. There were 568 unvested and 
outstanding options at December 31, 2013, of which 530 are expected to vest. The weighted average contractual life for options 
vested at December 31, 2013 was 6.3 years.

122

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, vested, expected to vest and exercised as of December 31, 2013, 

2012, and 2011 is as follows:

Outstanding

Vested

Expected to vest

Exercised

December 31,
2012

2011

2013

$

29,431

$

15,703

$

18,942

20,465

7,873

8,709

11,285

4,088

7,123

12,960

5,374

5,651

The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value of the underlying common stock and the 

exercise price of the options.

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Regulatory  Matters  —  Laws  and  regulations  governing  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  are  complex  and  subject  to 
interpretation. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future governmental review and interpretation, as 
well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from certain governmental programs. The Company 
believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations.

A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from Medicaid and Medicare, for which reimbursement rates are 
subject  to  regulatory  changes  and  government  funding  restrictions. Any  significant  future  change  to  reimbursement  rates  or 
regulation on how services are provided could have a material effect on the Company’s operations.

Cost-Containment  Measures  —  Both  government  and  private  pay  sources  have  instituted  cost-containment  measures 
designed to limit payments made to providers of healthcare services, and there can be no assurance that future measures designed 
to limit payments made to providers will not adversely affect the Company.

Income Tax Examinations —  During the first quarter of 2012, the State of California initiated an examination of the Company's 
income tax returns for the 2008 and 2009 income tax years.  The examination is primarily focused on  the Captive and the treatment 
of related insurance matters. To date, California has not proposed any adjustments. The Company is not currently under examination 
by any other major income tax jurisdiction.  See Note 14, Income Taxes.

Indemnities —  From time to time, the Company enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company 
to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily include (i) certain real estate leases, under which the 
Company may be required to indemnify property owners or prior facility operators for post-transfer environmental or other liabilities 
and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises, (ii) operations transfer agreements, in which the 
Company agrees to indemnify past operators of facilities the Company acquires against certain liabilities arising from the transfer 
of the operation and/or the operation thereof after the transfer, (iii) certain lending agreements, under which the Company may be 
required  to  indemnify  the  lender  against  various  claims  and  liabilities,  (iv) agreements  with  certain  lenders  under  which  the 
Company may be required to indemnify such lenders against various claims and liabilities, and (v) certain agreements with the 
Company’s officers, directors and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities 
arising out of their employment relationships. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and, in most instances, a specific or 
maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot be reasonably estimated 
until a specific claim is asserted. Consequently, because no claims have been asserted, no liabilities have been recorded for these 
obligations on the Company’s balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

Litigation — The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of the Company’s 
patients and residents and the services the Company provides. The Company and others in the industry are subject to an increasing 
number of claims and lawsuits, including professional liability claims, alleging that services have resulted in personal injury, elder 
abuse, wrongful death or other related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the 
outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards.

123

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

In addition to the potential lawsuits and claims described above, the Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the 
Federal False Claims Act and comparable state laws alleging submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program 
(such as Medicare) or payor.  A violation may provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. Such 
exclusions could have a correlative negative impact on the Company’s financial performance. Some states, including California, 
Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations. In addition, the Deficit Reduction 
Act of 2005 created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. As such, the 
Company could face increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims 
acts in markets in which it does business.

In May 2009, Congress passed the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act (FERA) of 2009 which made significant changes 
to  the  Federal  False  Claims Act  (FCA),  expanding  the  types  of  activities  subject  to  prosecution  and  whistleblower  liability. 
Following  changes  by  FERA,  health  care  providers  face  significant  penalties  for  the  knowing  retention  of  government 
overpayments, even if no false claim was involved. Health care providers can now be liable for knowingly and improperly avoiding 
or decreasing an obligation to pay money or property to the government. This includes the retention of any government overpayment. 
The government can argue, therefore, that a FCA violation can occur without any affirmative fraudulent action or statement, as 
long  as  it  is  knowingly  improper.  In  addition,  FERA  extended  protections  against  retaliation  for  whistleblowers,  including 
protections not only for employees, but also contractors and agents. Thus, there is generally no need for an employment relationship 
in order to qualify for protection against retaliation for whistleblowing.

In July 2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). The 
Dodd-Frank Act establishes rigorous standards and supervision to protect the economy and American consumers, investors and 
businesses. Included under Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will be required 
to pay a reward to individuals who provide original information to the SEC resulting in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000 in 
civil or criminal proceedings. The award will range from 10 to 30 percent of the amount recouped and the amount of the award 
shall be at the discretion of the SEC. The purpose of this reward program is to “motivate those with inside knowledge to come 
forward and assist the Government to identify and prosecute persons who have violated securities laws and recover money for 
victims of financial fraud.”

Healthcare litigation (including class action litigation) is common and is filed based upon a wide variety of claims and 
theories, and we are routinely subjected to varying types of claims.  One particular type of suit arises from alleged violations of 
state-established minimum staffing requirements for skilled nursing facilities.  Failure to meet these requirements can, among 
other things, jeopardize a facility's compliance with conditions of participation under certain state and federal healthcare programs; 
it may also subject the facility to a notice of deficiency, a citation, civil monetary penalty, or litigation.  These class-action “staffing” 
suits have the potential to result in large jury verdicts and settlements, and have become more prevalent in the wake of a previous 
substantial jury award against one of the Company's competitors.  The Company expects the plaintiff's bar to become increasingly 
aggressive in their pursuit of these staffing and similar claims.  

A class action staffing suit was previously filed against the Company in the State of California, alleging, among other things, 
violations of certain Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of the 
Company's California facilities. In 2007, the Company settled this class action suit, and the settlement was approved by the affected 
class and the Court.  The Company has been defending a second such staffing class-action claim filed in Los Angeles Superior 
Court; however, a settlement was reached with class counsel and has received Court approval.  The total costs associated with the 
settlement, including attorney's fees, estimated class payout, and related costs and expenses, are projected to be approximately 
$6,500, of which, approximately $1,500 of this amount was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013, with the balance 
having been expensed in prior periods.  The Company believes that the settlement will not have a material ongoing adverse effect 
on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Other claims and suits, including class actions, continue to be filed against us and other companies in our industry.  If there 
were a significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing should plaintiffs be successful in their 
prosecution of these claims, this could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows.

The Company has been, and continues to be, subject to claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business, 
including potential claims related to care and treatment provided at its facilities as well as employment related claims. The Company 
does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, cash 
flows, financial condition or results of operations.  A significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts 
owing should plaintiffs be successful in their prosecution of these claims, could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

124

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The Company cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of any litigation.  If any litigation were to 
proceed, and the Company is subjected to, alleged to be liable for, or agrees to a settlement of, claims or obligations under federal 
Medicare statutes, the federal False Claims Act, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, its business, financial 
condition and results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected and its stock price could be adversely 
impacted.  Among other things, any settlement or litigation could involve the payment of substantial sums to settle any alleged 
civil violations, and may also include the Company's assumption of specific procedural and financial obligations going forward 
under a corporate integrity agreement and/or other arrangement with the government.

Medicare Revenue Recoupments — The Company is subject to reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential 
overpayments. The Company had one operation subject to probe review during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company 
anticipates that these probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. Further, the Company currently has no facilities on 
prepayment review; however, others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the 
facility could then be subject to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. The Company 
has no facilities that are currently undergoing targeted review.

U.S. Government Inquiry — In late 2006, the Company learned that it might be the subject of an on-going criminal and civil 
investigation by the DOJ. This was confirmed in March 2007. The investigation was prompted by a whistleblower complaint, and 
related primarily to claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at skilled nursing facilities in 
Southern California. The Company, through its outside counsel and a special committee of independent directors established by 
its board, worked cooperatively with the U.S. Attorney's office to produce information requested by the government as part of an 
ongoing dialogue designed to resolve the issue.

In December 2011, the DOJ notified the Company that it had closed its criminal investigation without action although, as 
is typical, it reserved the right to reopen the criminal case if new facts came to light. This left only the civil investigation to resolve, 
and the Company continued to supply requested information to the DOJ and the Office of the Inspector General of the United 
States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), including specific patient records and documents from 2007 to 2011 
from six Southern California skilled nursing facilities that had been the subject of previous requests.

In early 2013, discussions between government representatives and the Company's special committee, its outside counsel 
and their experts had advanced sufficiently that the Company recorded an initial estimated liability in the amount of $15,000 in 
the fourth quarter of 2012 for the resolution of claims connected to the investigation. In April 2013, the Company and government 
representatives reached an agreement in principle to resolve the allegations and close the investigation. Based on these discussions, 
the Company recorded and announced an additional charge in the amount of $33,000 in the first quarter of 2013, increasing the 
total reserve to resolve the matter to $48,000 (the Reserve Amount). 

In  October  2013,  the  Company  completed  and  executed  a  settlement  agreement  (the  Settlement Agreement)  with  the 
Department of Justice and received the final approval of the Office of Inspector General-HHS and the United States District Court 
for the Central District of California. The settlement agreement fully and finally resolves the previously disclosed DOJ investigation 
and any ancillary claims which have been pending since 2006.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company made a single 
lump-sum remittance to the government in the amount of $48,000 in October 2013.  The Company has denied engaging in any 
illegal conduct, and has agreed to the settlement amount without any admission of wrongdoing in order to resolve the allegations 
and to avoid the uncertainty and expense of protracted litigation.

In connection with the settlement and effective as of October 1, 2013, the Company entered into a five-year corporate integrity 
agreement with the Office of Inspector General-HHS (the CIA).  The CIA acknowledges the existence of the Company’s current 
compliance program, and requires that the Company continue during the term of the CIA to maintain a compliance program 
designed to promote compliance with the statutes, regulations, and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid, and all other Federal 
health care programs. The Company is also required to maintain several elements of its existing program during the term of the 
CIA, including maintaining a compliance officer, a compliance committee of the board of directors, and a code of conduct.  The 
CIA requires that the Company conduct certain additional compliance-related activities during the term of the CIA, including 
various training and monitoring procedures, and maintaining a disciplinary process for compliance obligations.  Pursuant to the 
CIA, the Company is required to notify the Office of Inspector General-HHS in writing, of, among other things: (i) any ongoing 
government investigation or legal proceeding involving an allegation that the Company has committed a crime or has engaged in 
fraudulent activities; (ii) any other matter that a reasonable person would consider a probable violation of applicable criminal, 
civil, or administrative laws related to compliance with federal healthcare programs; and (iii) any change in location, sale, closing, 
purchase, or establishment of a new business unit or location related to items or services that may be reimbursed by Federal health 
care programs. The Company is also subject to periodic reporting and certification requirements attesting that the provisions of 
the CIA are being implemented and followed, as well as certain document and record retention mandates.

125

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Participation in federal healthcare programs by the Company is not affected by the Settlement Agreement or the CIA. In the 
event of an uncured material breach of the CIA, the Company could be excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs 
and/or subject to prosecution.

Concentrations

Credit Risk — The Company has significant accounts receivable balances, the collectability of which is dependent on the 
availability of funds from certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. These receivables represent the only 
significant concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there are significant credit risks associated 
with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an appropriate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of 
these  receivables  proving  uncollectible,  and  continually  monitors  and  adjusts  these  allowances  as  necessary. The  Company’s 
receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs accounted for approximately 56.8% and 56.2% of its total accounts 
receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Revenue from reimbursement under the Medicare and Medicaid 
programs accounted for 72.2%,  73.6% and 75.2% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011, respectively.

Cash in Excess of FDIC Limits — The Company currently has bank deposits with financial institutions in the U.S. that 
exceed FDIC insurance limits. FDIC insurance provides protection for bank deposits up to $250. In addition, the Company has 
uninsured bank deposits with a financial institution outside the U.S.  As of February 11, 2014, the Company had approximately 
$1,001 in uninsured cash deposits.  All uninsured bank deposits are held at high quality credit institutions.

20.  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the 401(k) Plan), whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 
15% of their annual basic earnings. Additionally, the 401(k) Plan provides for discretionary matching contributions (as defined in 
the 401(k) Plan) by the Company. The Company expensed matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $487, $444 and $369  
during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Beginning in 2007, the Company's plan allowed eligible 
employees to contribute up to 90% of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. 

126

(b)   Financial Statement Schedules

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

Deductions

Balances at
End of Year

(In thousands)

$

(9,793)   $

(7,921) $

4,932   $ (12,782)

$ (12,782)   $

(9,474) $

8,445   $ (13,811)

$ (13,811) $ (12,106) $

9,377

$ (16,540)

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown 

in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Exhibit

No.

3.1

3.3

3.4

4.1

4.2

4.3

(c)   Exhibit Index

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description
Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
The Ensign Group, Inc., filed with the Delaware Secretary
of State on November 15, 2007

  Form  
  10-Q   001-33757

No.

File

  Exhibit

No.

Filing

Date

Filed

  Herewith

3.1   12/21/2007  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Ensign Group, Inc.

  10-Q   001-33757

3.2   12/21/2007  

Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series 
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, as filed with the 
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 7, 
2013

Specimen common stock certificate

Stock Position Management Agreement, dated October 16,
2008, between The Ensign Group, Inc. and Terri M.
Christensen

Rights Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2013, between
The Ensign Group, Inc. and Registrar and Transfer
Company, as Rights Agent.

10.1 + The Ensign Group, Inc. 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock

and Restricted Stock Plan, form of Stock Option Grant
Notice for Executive Officers and Directors, stock option
agreement and form of restricted stock agreement for
Executive Officers and Directors

10.2 + The Ensign Group, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, form of

Nonqualified Stock Option Award for Executive Officers
and Directors, and form of restricted stock agreement for
Executive Officers and Directors

8-K 001-33757

3.1

11/7/2013

  S-1   333-142897  

4.1   10/5/2007  

  10-K   001-33757

4.2   2/18/2009  

8-K 001-33757

4.1

11/7/2013

  S-1   333-142897  

10.1   7/26/2007  

  S-1   333-142897  

99.2   7/26/2007  

10.3 + The Ensign Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.4 + Amendment to The Ensign Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus

  S-1   333-142897  
  8-K   001-33757

10.3   10/5/2007  
10.2   7/28/2009  

Incentive Plan

10.5 + Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Grant of
Stock Options; and form of Non-Incentive Stock Option
Award Terms and Conditions

  S-1   333-142797  

10.4   10/5/2007  

10.6 + Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock

  S-1   333-142897  

10.5   10/5/2007  

Agreement

10.7 + Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between

The Ensign Group, Inc. and its directors, officers and
certain key employees

10.8

10.9

10.10

Fourth Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of
November 10, 2009, by and among certain subsidiaries of
The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers, and General Electric
Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender

Consolidated, Amended and Restated Promissory Note,
dated as of December 29, 2006, in the original principal
amount of $64,692,111.67, by certain subsidiaries of The
Ensign Group, Inc. in favor of General Electric Capital
Corporation
Third Amended and Restated Guaranty of Payment and
Performance, dated as of December 29, 2006, by The
Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric
Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender, under which
Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of the
obligations of certain of Guarantor's subsidiaries under the
Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement

  S-1   333-142897  

10.6   10/5/2007  

  8-K   001-33757

10.1   11/17/2009  

  S-1   333-142897  

10.8   7/26/2007  

  S-1   333-142897  

10.9   7/26/2007  

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

No.
10.11 Form of Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Assignment of

Exhibit Description

Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement,
dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Desert Terrace
Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing Home, Highland Manor
Health and Rehabilitation Center and North Mountain Medical
and Rehabilitation Center), by and among Terrace Holdings
AZ LLC, Sky Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC and
Valley Health Holdings LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title
Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital
Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material
Differences therein

10.12 Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and
Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed
against Park Manor), by and among Plaza Health Holdings
LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee,
and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary

10.13 Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and
Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed
against Catalina Care and Rehabilitation Center), by and
among Rillito Holdings LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title
Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital
Corporation as Beneficiary

10.14 Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and

Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006
(filed against Park View Gardens at Montgomery), by and
among Mountainview Communitycare LLC as Grantor,
Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General
Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary

10.15 Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and

Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006
(filed against Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and Care Center),
by and among Meadowbrook Health Associates LLC as
Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee and
General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary

10.16 Form of Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security

Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of
December 29, 2006 (filed against Upland Care and
Rehabilitation Center and Camarillo Care Center), by and
among Cedar Avenue Holdings LLC and Granada Investments
LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee
and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and
Schedule of Material Differences therein

File

  Exhibit

Filing

Filed

Form  
S-1

No.
333-142897

No.
10.10

Date
7/26/2007

  Herewith

S-1   333-142897   10.11   7/26/2007  

S-1   333-142897   10.12   7/26/2007  

S-1   333-142897   10.13   7/26/2007  

S-1   333-142897   10.14   7/26/2007  

S-1   333-142897   10.15   7/26/2007  

10.17 Form of First Amendment to (Amended and Restated) Deed of

S-1   333-142897   10.16   7/26/2007  

Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture
Financing Statement, dated as of December 29, 2006 (filed
against Desert Terrace Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing
Home, Highland Manor Health and Rehabilitation Center,
North Mountain Medical and Rehabilitation Center, Catalina
Care and Rehabilitation Center, Park Manor, Park View
Gardens at Montgomery, Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and
Care Center), by and among Terrace Holdings AZ LLC, Sky
Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC, Valley Health
Holdings LLC, Rillito Holdings LLC, Plaza Health Holdings
LLC, Mountainview Communitycare LLC and Meadowbrook
Health Associates LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance
Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation
as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

Exhibit Description

No.
10.18 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
as of March 25, 2004, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc.
and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General
Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender

  Form  

File

No.

  Exhibit

No.

Filing

Date

Filed

  Herewith

S-1   333-142897   10.19   5/14/2007    

10.19 Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 3, 2004, to the

S-1   333-142897   10.20   5/14/2007    

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.20 Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated

S-1   333-142897   10.19   7/26/2007    

as of December 3, 2004, in the original principal amount of
$20,000,000, by The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its
subsidiaries in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation

10.21 Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 25, 2007, to the

S-1   333-142897   10.22   5/14/2007  

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.22 Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 22, 2007, to the

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.23 Amendment No. 4, dated as of August 1, 2007, to the

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.24 Amendment No. 5, dated September 13, 2007, to the

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.25 Revolving Credit Note, dated as of September 13, 2007, in
the original principal amount of $5,000,000 by The Ensign
Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of General
Electric Capital Corporation

  S-1   333-142897   10.21   7/26/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.42   8/17/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.43   10/5/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.44   10/5/2007    

10.26 Commitment Letter, dated October 3, 2007, from General

  S-1   333-142897   10.46   10/5/2007    

Electric Capital Corporation to The Ensign Group, Inc.,
setting forth the general terms and conditions of the proposed
amendment to the revolving credit facility, which will
increase the available credit thereunder to $50.0 million

10.27 Amendment No. 6, dated November 19, 2007, to the

  8-K   001-33757

10.1   11/21/2007    

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.28 Amendment No. 7, dated December 21, 2007, to the

  8-K   001-33757

10.1   12/27/2007    

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and
among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries
as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as
Lender

10.29 Amendment No. 1 and Joinder Agreement to Second

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by
certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrower
and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender

130

  8-K   001-33757

10.1  

2/9/2009    

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

Exhibit Description

No.
10.30 Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated
February 4, 2009, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign
Group, Inc. as Borrowers for the benefit of General Electric
Capital Corporation as Lender

File

  Exhibit

Filing

Filed

  Form  
  8-K   001-33757

No.

No.
10.2  

  Herewith

Date
2/9/2009    

10.31 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated

  8-K   001-33757

10.2   2/27/2008    

February 21, 2008, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign
Group, Inc. as Borrowers for the benefit of General Electric
Capital Corporation as Lender

10.32 Ensign Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, between The

  8-K   001-33757

10.3   2/27/2008    

Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric Capital
Corporation as Lender

10.33 Holding Company Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, by
and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its
subsidiaries as Guarantors and General Electric Capital
Corporation as Lender

10.34 Pacific Care Center Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6,

1998, by and between G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Borrower and
GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation as Lender (later
assumed by Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Lender)

10.35 Deed of Trust and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6,
1998, by and among G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Grantor, Ticor
Title Insurance Company as Trustee and GMAC Commercial
Mortgage Corporation as Beneficiary

10.36 Promissory Note, dated as of August 6, 1998, in the original
principal amount of $2,475,000, by G&L Hoquiam, LLC in
favor of GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation

10.37 Loan Assumption Agreement, by and among G&L Hoquiam,

LLC as Prior Owner; G&L Realty Partnership, L.P. as Prior
Guarantor; Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower; and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee for GMAC Commercial
Mortgage Securities, Inc., as Lender

10.38 Exceptions to Nonrecourse Guaranty, dated as of October
2006, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee for GMAC Commercial
Mortgage Securities, Inc., under which Guarantor guarantees
full and prompt payment of all amounts due and owing by
Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. under the Promissory Note

  8-K   001-33757

10.4   2/27/2008    

  S-1   333-142897   10.23   5/14/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.24   7/26/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.25   7/26/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.26   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.22   7/26/2007  

10.39 Deed of Trust with Assignment of Rents, dated as of January

  S-1   333-142897   10.27   7/26/2007  

30, 2001, by and among Ensign Southland LLC as Trustor,
Brian E. Callahan as Trustee and Continental Wingate
Associates, Inc. as Beneficiary

10.40 Deed of Trust Note, dated as of January 30, 2001, in the
original principal amount of $7,455,100, by Ensign
Southland, LLC in favor of Continental Wingate Associates,
Inc.

10.41 Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2001, by and
between Ensign Southland, LLC and Continental Wingate
Associates, Inc.

10.42 Master Lease Agreement, dated July 3, 2003, between
Adipiscor LLC as Lessee and LTC Partners VI, L.P.,
Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation
collectively as Lessor

  S-1   333-142897   10.28   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.29   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.30   5/14/2007  

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

File

  Exhibit

Filing

Filed

No.
10.43 Lease Guaranty, dated July 3, 2003, between The Ensign

Exhibit Description

Group, Inc. as Guarantor and LTC Partners VI, L.P.,
Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation
collectively as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the
payment and performance of Adipiscor LLC's obligations
under the Master Lease Agreement

  Form  
  S-1   333-142897   10.31   5/14/2007  

Date

No.

No.

  Herewith

10.44 Master Lease Agreement, dated September 30, 2003,

  S-1   333-142897   10.32   5/14/2007  

between Permunitum LLC as Lessee, Vista Woods Health
Associates LLC, City Heights Health Associates LLC, and
Claremont Foothills Health Associates LLC as Sublessees,
and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor

10.45 Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between The

  S-1   333-142897   10.33   5/14/2007  

Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and OHI Asset (CA), LLC
as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment
and performance of Permunitum LLC's obligations under the
Master Lease Agreement

10.46 Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between Vista
Woods Health Associates LLC, City Heights Health
Associates LLC and Claremont Foothills Health Associates
LLC as Guarantors and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor,
under which Guarantors guarantee the payment and
performance of Permunitum LLC's obligations under the
Master Lease Agreement

10.47 Master Lease Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between
Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property
Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC
Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as
Lessor

10.48 Lease Guaranty, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as

Guarantor and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc. as Owner,
under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and
performance of Moenium Holdings LLC's obligations under
the Master Lease Agreement

10.49 First Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated May 27,
2003, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and
Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of
Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III
collectively as Lessor

10.50 Second Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated
October 31. 2004, between Moenium Holdings LLC as
Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the
State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare
Investors III collectively as Lessor

10.51 Lease Agreement, by and between Mission Ridge Associates
LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as
Tenant; and Guaranty of Lease, dated August 2, 2003, by The
Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of Landlord, under
which Guarantor guarantees Tenant's obligations under the
Lease Agreement

  S-1   333-142897   10.34   5/14/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.35   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.36   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.37   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.38   5/14/2007  

  S-1   333-142897   10.39   5/14/2007  

10.52 First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 15,
2004, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as
Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant

  S-1   333-142897   10.40   5/14/2007  

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

Exhibit Description

No.
10.53 Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 13,
2007, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as
Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant; and
Reaffirmation of Guaranty of Lease, dated December 13,
2007, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of
Landlord, under which Guarantor reaffirms its guaranty of
Tenants obligations under the Lease Agreement

File

  Exhibit

Filing

Filed

  Form  
  10-K   001-33757

No.

No.
  10.52  

  Herewith

Date
3/6/2008  

10.54 Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated February 21,

  10-K   001-33757

  10.54   2/17/2010  

2008, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as
Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant

10.55 Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement dated July 15, 2009,
by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord
and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant

  10-K   001-33757

  10.55   2/17/2010  

10.56 Form of Independent Consulting and Centralized Services

  S-1   333-142897   10.41   5/14/2007    

Agreement between Ensign Facility Services, Inc. and certain
of its subsidiaries

10.57 Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow

  S-1   333-142897   10.45   10/5/2007    

Instructions, dated August 31, 2007, as amended on
September 6, 2007

10.58 Form of Health Insurance Benefit Agreement pursuant to

which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc.
participate in the Medicare program

10.59 Form of Medi-Cal Provider Agreement pursuant to which

certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in
the California Medicaid program

10.60 Form of Provider Participation Agreement pursuant to which
certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in
the Arizona Medicaid program

10.61 Form of Contract to Provide Nursing Facility Services under

the Texas Medical Assistance Program pursuant to which
certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in
the Texas Medicaid program

10.62 Form of Client Service Contract pursuant to which certain

subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the
Washington Medicaid program

  S-1   333-142897   10.48   10/19/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.49   10/19/2007    

  S-1   333-142897   10.50   10/19/2007    

S-1

333-142897

10.51   10/19/2007

S-1

333-142897

10.52   10/19/2007

10.63 Form of Provider Agreement for Medicaid and UMAP

S-1

333-142897

10.53   10/19/2007

pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group,
Inc. participate in the Utah Medicaid program

10.64 Form of Medicaid Provider Agreement pursuant to which a

S-1

333-142897

10.54   10/19/2007

subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc. participates in the
Idaho Medicaid program

10.65 Six Project Promissory Note dated as of November 10, 2009,

8-K

001-33757

10.2   11/17/2009

in the original principal amount of $40,000,000, by certain
subsidiaries of the Ensign Group, Inc. in favor of General
Electric Capital Corporation

10.66 Commercial Deeds of Trust, Security Agreement,

Assignment of Leases and Rents and Fixture Filing, dated as
of December 31, 2010, made by certain subsidiaries of the
Company for the benefit of RBS Asset Finance, Inc.
10.67 Note, dated December 31, 2010 by certain subsidiaries of the

Company.

8-K 001-33757

10.1

1/6/2011

8-K 001-33757

10.1

1/6/2011

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit

Exhibit Description

No.
10.68 Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of July
15, 2011, among the Ensign Group, Inc. and the several
banks and other financial institutions and lenders from time
to time party thereto (the "Lenders") and SunTrust Bank, in
its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders, as
issuing bank and as swingline lender.

  Form  

File

No.

8-K 001-33757

  Exhibit

Filing

Filed

No.
10.1

Date
7/19/2011

  Herewith

10.69 Commercial Deeds of Trust, Security Agreements,

8-K 001-33757

10.1

2/22/2012

Assignment of Leases and Rents and Future Filing, dated as
of February 17, 2012, made by certain subsidiaries of the
Company for the benefit of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 8-K.

10.70 First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan

10-K 001-33757

10.70

2/13/2013

Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2011, among The Ensign
Group, Inc. and the several banks and other financial
institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the
"Lenders") and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders, as issuing bank and as
swingline lender.

10.71 Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan

Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2012, among The Ensign
Group, Inc. and the several banks and other financial
institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the
"Lenders") and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders, as issuing bank and as
swingline lender.

10-K 001-33757

10.71

2/13/2013

10.72 Third Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan

8-K

001-33757

10.1

2/6/2012

Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, among The Ensign
Group, Inc. and the several banks and other financial
institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the
"Lenders") and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders, as issuing bank and as
swingline lender.

10.73 Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan

8-K

001-33757

10.1

4/22/2013

Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2013, among the Ensign
Group, Inc. and the several banks and other financial
institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto(the
"Lenders") and SunTrust Bank, in its capacity as
administrative agent fort he Lenders, as issuing bank and as
swingline lender.

10.74 Corporate Integrity Agreement between the Office of

Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human
Services and The Ensign Group, Inc. dated October 1, 2013.

21.1 Subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc., as amended

23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section

302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section

302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101 Interactive data file (furnished electronically herewith

pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulations S-T)

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

134

X

  X
  X
X

X

X

X

X